TOWER SEMICONDUCTOR LTD (Form: 20-F, Received: 05/14/2014 16:03:40)

Our success as a leading specialty foundry depends on our ability to continue to expand our business, customer base and market presence, including through acquisitions which involves various risks. There is no assurance that we will be successful in executing our acquisitions and integrating them into our business, utilizing our expanded capacity and finding new business, including successfully operating TPSC and integrating our foundry business opportunities into TPSC fabs.

Our Company’s growth as a leading specialty foundry depends, to a significant degree, upon our ability to increase our presence in the specialty foundry field and firmly entrench ourselves as a leading specialty foundry. In order to do so and thereby improve our financial position and operating cash flow, we need to expand our business and attract new customers who will utilize our expanded capacity.

Our success at such expansion is dependent, in part, on finding suitable targets for acquisitions, successfully financing and consummating such acquisitions, loading the Company's facilities and integrating them into our business.

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in expanding our business, attracting new customers in our current fabs and increasing our market presence. Further, we cannot assure that we will find and successfully execute such acquisitions or that they will achieve the expected synergies. With respect to our acquisition of the 51% equity stake in TPSC in March 2014, we may fail to successfully transfer and ramp up new foundry business into TPSC fabs. Achieving the anticipated benefits of the acquisition will depend in part on successfully consolidating functions and integrating operations, procedures and personnel in a timely and efficient manner, as well as on our ability to realize the anticipated growth opportunities and synergies from integrating that business into our existing business. The integration will also require the dedication of substantial management effort, time and resources which may divert our management’s focus and our resources from other strategic opportunities and from operational matters during this process. The integration process may result in the loss of key employees and the disruption of ongoing business, supplier, customer, employee, union and/or governmental relationships that may adversely affect our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

Furthermore, terms of our existing indebtedness may prohibit or limit our ability to (i) engage in certain acquisitions or (ii) support prior acquisitions and their integration into our business.

Our reliance on acquisitions as a means of growth involves risks that could adversely affect our future revenues and operating results. For example:

We may fail to identify acquisitions that would enable us to execute our business strategy.

Other foundries may bid against us to acquire potential targets. This competition may result in decreased availability of, or increased prices for, suitable acquisition candidates.

We may not be able to obtain the necessary regulatory approvals, or we may not be able to obtain the necessary approvals from our lender banks, and as a result, or for other reasons, we may fail to consummate certain acquisitions.

Potential acquisitions may divert management’s attention away from our existing business operations, which may have a negative adverse effect on our business.

We may fail to integrate acquisitions successfully in accordance with our business strategy, achieve expected synergies or attract sufficient business to newly acquired facilities in a timely manner.

- 4 -

We may not be able to retain experienced management and skilled employees from the businesses we acquire and, if we cannot retain such personnel, we may not be able to attract new skilled employees and experienced management to replace them.

We may purchase a company with excessive unknown contingent liabilities, including, among others, patent infringement or product liability.

We may not be able to obtain sufficient financing which could limit our ability to engage in acquisitions or the amount or terms of financing actually required before and after acquisition may vary from our expectations.

If we are unable to manage fluctuations in cash flow, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Our working capital requirements and cash flows are subject to quarterly and yearly fluctuations, depending on a number of factors. If we are unable to manage fluctuations in cash flow, our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. Factors which could lead us to suffer cash flow fluctuations include:

fluctuations in the level of revenues from our operating activities;

fluctuations in the collection of receivables;

timing and size of payables;

the timing and size of capital expenditures;

the repayment schedules of our debt service obligations under our short-term and long-term liabilities; and

our ability to fulfill our obligations and meet performance milestones under our facility agreement and foundry agreements.

If Tower fails to comply with the repayment schedule or any other terms of its amended facility agreement, or if Tower fails to meet any of the covenants and financial ratios stipulated in its amended facility agreement and Tower's banks do not waive its noncompliance, Tower’s business and financial position may be adversely affected.

Under Tower's amended facility agreement with Bank Hapoalim B.M. and Bank Leumi Le-Israel B.M., in the event that Tower fails to comply with the repayment schedule or any other terms of its amended facility agreement and is unsuccessful in negotiating a revised repayment schedule or revised terms, or fails to meet any of the covenants and financial ratios stipulated in the amended facility agreement, and Tower's banks do not waive its noncompliance, Tower's banks may require Tower to immediately repay all loans made by them to Tower, plus penalties, and the banks would be entitled to exercise the remedies available to them under the amended facility agreement, including enforcement of their lien against Tower's assets.

There is no assurance that Tower will be able to generate the cash necessary to fund the scheduled payments from increased levels of cash from operations or from additional equity or debt financing or other funding sources. If Tower is not able to generate increased levels of revenue and cash from operations or raise sufficient funds in a timely manner, Tower would likely be unable to comply with the repayment schedule and may fail to meet covenants and financial ratios under the amended facility agreement, which may have a material adverse effect on Tower.

- 5 -

Israeli banking regulations may impose restrictions on the total debt that Tower may borrow from Israeli banks.

Pursuant to a directive published by the Israel Supervisor of Banks, effective March 31, 2004, Tower may be deemed part of a group of borrowers comprised of the Ofer Brothers Group, the Israel Corporation Ltd. ("Israel Corp.") and other companies which are also included in such group of borrowers pursuant to the directive, including companies under the control or deemed control of these entities. The directive imposes limitations on amounts that Israeli banks may lend to borrowers or groups of borrowers, hence restricting the ability of Tower to receive loans from certain Israeli banks, considering all Israeli bank’s outstanding loans to the group. Should Tower's existing lender banks exceed these limitations, their ability to lend additional money to Tower in the future, if Tower would be interested in receiving such loan, would be limited and they may ask Tower to repay some or all of its $126 million outstanding borrowings, which may have a material adverse effect on Tower’s business and financial condition.

Our acquisition of a majority stake in TPSC involves risks that may adversely affect our future financial performance and position.

Our recent acquisition of a majority stake in TPSC involves known and unknown risks that may adversely affect our future financial performance and position, including:

Failure to successfully integrate TPSC in accordance with our business strategy;

Historically, TPSC’s fabs solely manufactured Panasonic Corporation’s and its customers’ products. TPSC intends to bring various process technologies to its fabs to enable the manufacture of a wide range of products at these facilities for a broad range of customers. This requires significant capital expenditures and on-site qualification of technologies. There is no assurance that TPSC will be successful in expanding its customer base in a timely manner in order to cover its manufacturing, operating and technology ramp costs. In the event that TPSC is unable to generate sufficient additional revenues from third party customers, we may not meet our future revenue expectations.

The establishment of TPSC involves a major change of control event in the fabrication facilities that were transferred by Panasonic Corporation to TPSC including the transfer of employees to a new employer (TPSC) controlled by Tower. There is no assurance that a sufficient number of employees will accept the offer to transfer to TPSC in order for TPSC to possess the required knowledge and experience to carry out its business plan and comply with its manufacturing and service commitments. If TPSC fails to execute its business plan, our financial results may be adversely affected.

The planned cessation of Fab 4 operations in the course of restructuring our activities and business in Japan involves risks that may impact negatively our business and financial results.

In 2014, we decided to cease the operations of Fab 4 in the course of restructuring our activities and business in Japan. In connection with the restructuring, we expect a termination of certain agreements, sale of Fab 4 assets and a comprehensive reduction in the work force. In accordance with GAAP we will have to reflect in our 2014 financial statements TJP’s assets and liabilities at their recovery and fair values, considering, among others, expected cash receipt from the sale of its assets and forecasted liabilities values (including termination costs), and as a result we may incur a significant non-cash expense item in our statement of operations for the first quarter of 2014 to reflect the net effect of the above under GAAP, which amount may be revised upwards or downwards at the following periods once the process of selling assets and negotiating liabilities progresses. In addition, we are making a concerted effort to move certain current customers and products from Fab 4 to our other fabrication facilities. Such measures and process may trigger unexpected claims and demands from employees, labor union, suppliers, customers or other third parties, which could affect the ongoing operations and the manufacture of customer products until operations are ceased. If TJP does not receive sufficient funds from the sale of its assets or is unable to settle such claims amicably, it may fail to manufacture all of its orders until its cessation date and/or pay a portion or all of its employee and other obligations and liabilities, which may impact our financial projections, business, reputation and financial results negatively, including specifically our future business in Japan and our ability to attract customers.

- 6 -

Failure to comply with the terms of the Israeli Investment Center regulations and the criteria set forth in the certificates of approval may subject us to significant penalties by the Investment Center.

In 2011, we received an official approval certificate (“ktav ishur”) from the Israeli investment center (“Investment Center”), a governmental agency, for our expansion program pursuant to which we have received approximately $36 million to date for investments made commencing 2006 and through 2012. Final investments report was filed and pending final approval of the Investment Center. Under our previous program approved in December 2000, we received $165 million of grants for capital expenditure investments made during the years 2001 through 2005. This plan was completed and approved by the Investment Center.

Eligibility for the above grants is subject to various conditions stipulated by the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments - 1959 (“Investments Law”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as well as the criteria set forth in the certificates of approval. In the event we breach the various conditions and terms related thereto, we may be exposed to significant penalties by the Investment Center, up to the amounts we received plus interest and certain inflation adjustments. In order to secure fulfillment of the conditions related to the receipt of investment grants, floating liens were registered in favor of the State of Israel on substantially all of Tower’s assets. These liens secure the Investment Center against a breach by us of the terms of the investments grant program.

If we do not receive orders from our customers with whom we have signed long-term contracts, we may have excess capacity.

We have committed a portion of our capacity for future orders from some customers with whom we have signed long-term contracts. If these customers do not place orders with us in accordance with their contractual loading and purchase commitments, and if we are unable to fill such unutilized capacity in a timely manner, our financial results may be adversely affected.

We may be required to incur additional indebtedness.

Although Tower and Jazz are limited by the covenants in their respective loan facilities, Tower and/or Jazz could find themselves in a position in which they may be required to take on additional indebtedness in order to fund their operations, which would increase the amount of our outstanding indebtedness. Any additional indebtedness may increase the risks associated with servicing our indebtedness as described above.

A global recession, unfavorable economic conditions and/or credit crisis may adversely affect our results and our ability to fulfill our debt obligations and other liabilities.

A downturn or a weakness in the semiconductor industry and/or in the global economy and/or in the Company's customer base and/or customers' products base, may adversely affect the Company’s ability to maintain its customers' existing demand for products, attract new customers and new business to its current fabs, increase the utilization rates in its manufacturing facilities and maintain them at a high level that would suffice to cover its substantial fixed costs, maintain commercial relationships with its customers, suppliers, and creditors, including its lenders, continue its capacity growth, and improve the Company’s future financial results and position, including its ability to raise funds in the capital markets, and fulfill its debt obligations and other liabilities, including refinancing its debt and other liabilities and/or pay them in a timely manner, comprised mainly of bank’ loans and debentures. There is no assurance that such downturn will not occur. The effects of such a downturn may include global decreased demand, downward price pressure, excess inventory and unutilized capacity worldwide, which may negatively impact consumer and customer demand for the Company’s products and the end products of the Company’s customers.

- 7 -

Our operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter which makes it difficult to predict our future performance.

Our revenues, expenses and operating results have varied significantly in the past and may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter in the future due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include, among others:

The cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry and the volatility of the markets served by our customers;

Changes in the economic conditions of geographical regions where our customers and their markets are located;

Shifts by integrated device manufacturers and customers between internal and outsourced production;

Inventory and supply chain management of our customers;

The loss of a key customer, postponement of an order from a key customer or the rescheduling or cancellation of large orders;

The occurrence of accounts receivable write-offs, failure of a key customer to pay accounts receivable in a timely manner or the financial condition of our customers;

The rescheduling or cancellation of planned capital expenditures;

Our ability to satisfy our customers’ demand for quality and timely production;

The timing and volume of orders relative to our available production capacity;

Our ability to obtain raw materials and equipment on a timely and cost-effective basis;

Price erosion in the industry;

Environmental events or industrial accidents such as fire or explosions;

Our susceptibility to intellectual property rights disputes;

Our ability to maintain existing partners and to enter into new partnerships and technology and supply alliances on mutually beneficial terms;

Interest, price index and currency rate fluctuations that were not hedged;

Technological changes and short product life cycles;

- 8 -

Timing for the design and qualification of new products;

Increase in the fair value of our bank loans, certain of our warrants and debentures; and

Changes in accounting rules affecting our results.

Furthermore, integrated device manufacturers continue to design and manufacture integrated circuits in their own fabrication facilities. There is a possibility that in certain periods or under certain circumstances such as low demand, they will choose to manufacture their products in their facilities instead of manufacturing products at external foundries. If our customers will choose to manufacture internally rather than manufacture at our facilities, our business may be negatively impacted.

Due to the factors noted above and other risks discussed in this section, many of which are beyond our control, investors should not rely on quarter-to-quarter comparisons to predict our future performance. Unfavorable changes in any of the above factors may seriously harm our Company, including our operating results, financial condition and ability to maintain our operations.

The lack of a significant backlog resulting from our customers not placing purchase orders far in advance makes it difficult for us to forecast our revenues in future periods.

Our customers generally do not place purchase orders far in advance, partly due to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry. As a result, we do not typically operate with any significant backlog. The lack of a significant backlog makes it difficult for us to forecast our revenues in future periods. Moreover, since our expense levels are based in part on our expectations of future revenues, we may be unable to adjust costs in a timely manner to compensate for revenue shortfalls. We expect that, in the future, our revenues in any quarter will continue to be substantially dependent upon purchase orders received in that quarter and in the immediately preceding quarter. We cannot assure you that any of our customers will continue to place orders with us in the future at the same levels as in prior periods. If orders received from our customers differ adversely from the number of wafers forecasted to be ordered, our operating results, financial condition and ability to maintain our operations may be adversely affected.

We occasionally manufacture wafers based on forecasted demand, rather than actual orders from customers. If our forecasted demand exceeds actual demand, we may have obsolete inventory, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

We generally do not manufacture wafers unless we receive a customer purchase order. On occasion, we may produce wafers in excess of customer orders based on forecasted customer demand, because we may forecast future excess demand or because of future capacity constraints. If we manufacture more wafers than are actually ordered by customers, we may be left with excess inventory that may ultimately become obsolete and must be scrapped if it cannot be sold. Significant amounts of obsolete inventory could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

- 9 -

As is common in our industry, a large portion of our total costs is comprised of fixed costs associated mainly with our manufacturing facilities and we have a history of operating losses . Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to operate our facilities at high enough utilization rates sufficient to reach revenue levels that would cover our fixed costs, reduce our losses and allow us to be profitable.

As is common in our industry, a large portion of our total costs is comprised of fixed costs, associated mainly with our manufacturing facilities, while our variable costs are relatively small. Therefore, during periods when our fabrications manufacture at high utilization rates, we are able to cover our costs. However, at times when the utilization rate is low, the reduced revenues may not cover all of the costs since a large portion of them are fixed costs and remain constant, irrespective of the fact that less wafers were manufactured. In addition, depreciation costs in our industry are high, which has resulted in our operating at a GAAP loss for the last number of years. If customer demand for our products does not increase, we may not be able to operate our facilities consistently at high utilization rates, which may not enable us to fully cover all of our costs, achieve and maintain operating profits or achieve net profits. In addition, we may be unable to generate enough cash from operations that would cover our fixed costs, capital expenditures, liabilities and debt payments as well as reduce our losses. We cannot assure that we will be profitable on a quarterly or annual basis in the future.

Our sales cycles are typically long , and orders received may not meet our expectations, which may adversely affect our operating results.

Our sales cycles, which we measure from first contact with a customer to first shipment of a product ordered by the customer, vary substantially and may last as long as two years or more, particularly for new technologies. In addition, even after we make initial shipments of prototype products, it may take several more months to reach full production of the product. As a result of these long sales cycles, we may be required to invest substantial time and incur significant expenses in advance of the receipt of any product order and related revenue. If orders ultimately received significantly differ from our expectations, we will have excess capacity that we may not be able to fill within a short period of time, resulting in lower utilization of our facilities. We may have to reduce prices in order to try to sell more wafers in order to utilize the excess capacity which may adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and ability to maintain our operations. In addition to the revenue loss, we may have difficulty adjusting our costs to align with the lower revenue since a large portion of our cost is fixed costs as common in our industry, which could harm our financial results.

Demand for our foundry services is dependent on the demand in our customers’ end markets. A decrease in demand for, or selling prices of, products that contain semiconductors may decrease the demand for our services and products and reduce our margins.

Our customers generally use the semiconductors produced in our fabs in a wide variety of applications. We derive a significant percentage of our operating revenues from customers who use our manufacturing services to make semiconductors for communication devices, consumer electronics, PCs and other electronic devices. Any significant decrease in the demand for these devices or products may decrease the demand for our services and products. In addition, if the average selling prices of communication devices, consumer electronics, PCs or other electronic devices decline significantly, we may be pressured to further reduce our selling prices, which may reduce our revenues and may reduce our margins significantly. As demonstrated by downturns in demand for high technology products in the past, market conditions can change rapidly, without apparent warning or advance notice. In such instances, our customers may experience inventory buildup and/or difficulties in selling their products and, in turn, may reduce or cancel orders for wafers from us. The timing, severity and recovery of these downturns cannot be predicted accurately or at all. When they occur, our business and profitability may suffer.

In order for demand for our wafer fabrication services to increase, the markets for the end products utilizing the integrated circuits that we manufacture must develop and expand. For example, the success of our imaging process technologies will depend, in part, on the growth of markets for certain image sensor product applications. Because our services may be used in many new applications, it is difficult to forecast demand. If demand is lower than expected, we may have excess capacity, which may adversely affect our financial results. If demand is higher than expected, we may be unable to fill all of the orders we receive, which may result in the loss of customers and revenue.

- 10 -

The cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry and any resulting periodic overcapacity may lead to erosion of sale prices, may make our business and operating results particularly vulnerable to economic downturns, and may reduce our revenues, earnings and margins.

The semiconductor industry has historically been highly cyclical and subject to significant and often rapid increases and decreases in product demand. Traditionally, companies in the semiconductor industry have expanded aggressively during periods of decreased demand in order to have the capacity needed to meet expected demand in future upturns. If actual demand does not increase or declines, or if companies in the industry expand too aggressively, the industry may experience a period in which industry-wide capacity exceeds demand. This could result in overcapacity and excess inventories, leading to rapid erosion of average sales prices. The prices that we can charge our customers for our services are significantly related to the overall worldwide supply of integrated circuits and semiconductor products. The overall supply of semiconductor products is based in part on the capacity of other companies, which is outside of our control. In periods of overcapacity, despite the fact that we utilize niche technologies and manufacture specialty products, we may have to lower the prices we charge our customers for our services which may reduce our margins and weaken our financial condition and results of operations. We cannot give assurance that an increase in the demand for foundry services in the future will not lead to under-capacity, which could result in the loss of customers and materially adversely affect our revenues, earnings and margins. Analysts believe that such patterns may repeat in the future. The overcapacity, under-utilization and downward price pressure characteristic of a downturn in the semiconductor market and/or in the global economy, such as experienced several times in the past, may negatively impact consumer and customer demand for the Company’s products, the end products of the Company’s customers and the financial markets, which may affect our ability to raise funds and/or restructure and/or re-finance our debt and/or service our other liabilities.

If Tower fails to comply with the terms of an agreement under which Tower has to provide a turn-key solution for the upgrade of a fabrication facility, Tower’s financial condition may be affected.

In 2009, Tower entered into a definitive agreement with an Asian entity for the provision by Tower on a turn-key basis of various services and equipment required for the capacity ramp-up and upgrade of the entity’s currently installed and commissioned eight inch refurbished wafer fabrication facility. Under said agreement, Tower provides technical consultation, know-how, training and turn-key manufacturing solutions, including arranging for the required manufacturing and the transfer of certain equipment required for the fab ramp-up and upgrade. The total agreement value is approximately $130 million of which approximately $123 million was received as of December 31, 2013.

Payments are based on performance of milestones and delivery of the deliverables such as, delivery of detailed working plans; design of clean room; delivery of process equipment; training and integration; and performance of qualification tests and analyses. If we fail to meet our remaining obligations under this agreement, we may face claims for liability or indemnification which may have a material effect on our financial condition and may not be able to collect the remaining outstanding balance under this Agreement.

If we do not maintain our current customers and attract additional customers, our business may be adversely affected.

Loss or cancellation of business from, or decreases in the sales volume or sales prices to, our significant customers, or our failure to replace lost business with new customers, could seriously harm our financial results, revenue and business.

We have relationships with several customers that represent a material portion of our revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had three customers that contributed between 7% to 27% of our revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we had two customers that contributed between 6% to 43% of our revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we had four customers that contributed between 5% to 32% of our revenues. The loss of any one of these customers, whether due to insolvency, their unwillingness or inability to perform their obligations under their respective relationships with us, or if we are unable to renew our engagements with them on commercially reasonable terms, may materially negatively impact our overall business and our consolidated financial position and financial results.

- 11 -

Micron Technology, Inc. which has been a significant customer of TJP, comprising 27% of our revenue in 2013, is committed from 2011 to purchase certain minimum material amount of products, with periodic reductions through expiration of the agreement in June 2014. Micron has utilized a major percentage of the Nishiwaki Fab under this contract, which has covered the fixed costs and certain other additional costs through the term of the agreement. However, Micron is not committed to utilize Fab 4 beyond the second quarter of 2014 and since its forecasts are decreasing thereafter, we believe that considering the cessation of the operations of Fab 4 in the course of the restructuring of our activities and business in Japan, Micron’s purchases will comprise less than 10% of our revenues in 2014, and no revenue will be attributed to Micron in 2015.

Panasonic Corporation is going to be a significant customer of TPSC at least during its initial years of operation and is expected to comprise major portion of its revenue for at least the coming two years. For these two years, our ability to successfully operate TPSC is essentially dependent on Panasonic Corporation ordering a sufficient number of wafers and manufacturing services from TPSC. We already began discussions with some potential foundry customers to initiate manufacturing at TPSC, and TPSC shall start manufacturing as soon as final agreement is reached with such potential foundry customers. However, such process may take more than two years to reach the mass production stage, as customary in our industry. Failure to receive sufficient amount of revenue from Panasonic may significantly jeopardize TPSC and our plans and negatively harm our financial results.

If we do not maintain and develop our technology processes and services, we may lose customers and may be unable to attract new ones.

The semiconductor market is characterized by rapid change, including the following:

rapid technological developments;

evolving industry standards;

changes in customer and product end user requirements;

frequent new product introductions and enhancements; and

short product life cycles with declining prices as products mature.

Our ability to maintain our current customer base and attract new customers is dependent in part on our ability to continuously develop and introduce to production advanced specialized manufacturing process technologies and purchase the appropriate equipment. If we are unable to successfully develop and introduce these processes to production in a timely manner or at all, or if we are unable to purchase the appropriate equipment required for such processes, we may be unable to maintain our current customer base and may be unable to attract new customers.

- 12 -

The semiconductor foundry business is highly competitive; our competitors may have competitive advantages over us and our results of operations may be adversely affected if we do not successfully compete in the industry.

The semiconductor foundry industry is highly competitive. We compete with more than ten independent dedicated foundries, the majority of which are located in Asia-Pacific, including foundries based in Taiwan, China, Korea and Malaysia, and with over 20 integrated semiconductor and end-product manufacturers that allocate a portion of their manufacturing capacity to foundry operations. The foundries with which we compete benefit from their close geographic proximity to companies involved in the design and manufacture of integrated circuits.

As our competitors continue to expand their manufacturing capacity, there could be an increase in specialty semiconductor capacity. As specialty capacity increases, there may be more competition and pricing pressure on our services, which may result in underutilization of our capacity, decrease of our profit margins, reduced earnings or increased losses.

In addition, some semiconductor companies have advanced their CMOS designs to 65 nanometer or smaller geometries. These smaller geometries may provide customers with performance and integration features that may be comparable to, or exceed, features offered by our specialty process technologies. The smaller geometries may also be more cost-effective at higher production volumes for certain applications, such as when a large amount of digital content is required in a mixed-signal semiconductor and less analog content is required. Our specialty processes will therefore compete with these processes and some of our potential and existing customers could elect to design these advanced CMOS processes into their next generation products. We are not currently capable, and do not currently plan to become capable, of providing CMOS processes at these smaller geometries. If our potential or existing customers choose to design their products using these advanced CMOS processes, our business may be negatively impacted.

In addition, many of our competitors may have one or more of the following competitive advantages over us:

greater manufacturing capacity;

geographically diversified and more advanced manufacturing facilities;

more advanced technological capabilities;

a more diverse and established customer base;

greater financial, marketing, distribution and other resources;

a better cost structure; and/or

better operational performance in cycle time and yields.

If we do not compete effectively, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

- 13 -

If we experience difficulty in achieving acceptable device yields, product performance and delivery times as a result of manufacturing problems, our business could be seriously harmed.

The process technology for the manufacture of semiconductor wafers is highly complex, requires advanced and costly equipment and is constantly being modified in an effort to improve device yields, product performance and delivery times. Microscopic impurities such as dust and other contaminants, difficulties in the production process, defects in the key materials and tools used to manufacture wafers and other factors can cause wafers to be rejected or individual semiconductors on specific wafers to be non-functional. We may experience difficulty achieving acceptable device yields, product performance and product delivery times in the future as a result of manufacturing problems. Although we have been enhancing our manufacturing capabilities and efficiency, from time to time we have experienced production difficulties that have caused delivery delays and quality control problems, as is common in the semiconductor industry. In the past, we have encountered the following problems:

difficulties in upgrading or expanding existing facilities;

unexpected breakdowns in our manufacturing equipment and/or related facility systems;

difficulties in changing or upgrading our process technologies;

raw material shortages or impurities;

delays in delivery or shortages of spare parts; and

difficulties in maintenance of our equipment.

Should these problems repeat, we may suffer delays in delivery and/or loss of reputation, business and revenues. Any of these problems could seriously harm our operating results and financial condition and ability to maintain our operations.

If we are unable to purchase equipment and raw materials, we may not be able to manufacture our products in a timely fashion, which may result in a loss of existing and potential new customers.

To increase the production capability and maintain the quality of production in our facilities, we must procure additional equipment. In periods of high market demand, the lead times from order to delivery of manufacturing equipment could be as long as 12 to 18 months. In addition, our manufacturing processes use many raw materials, including silicon wafers, chemicals, gases and various metals, and require large amounts of fresh water and electricity. Manufacturing equipment and raw materials generally are available from several suppliers. In several instances, however, we purchase equipment and raw materials from a single source. Shortages in supplies of manufacturing equipment and raw materials could occur due to an interruption of supply or increased industry demand. Any such shortages could result in production delays that may result in a loss of existing and potential new customers which may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Our exposure to inflation and currency exchange and interest rate fluctuations may increase our cost of operations.

Of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, 27% was in Japanese Yen (JPY) and almost all of the rest of our revenues were in U.S. dollars (USD). Of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012, 43% was in Japanese Yen (JPY) and almost all of the rest of our revenues were in U.S. dollars (USD). Our financing and investing activities and our expenses and costs are denominated in USD, New Israeli Shekels (NIS), JPY and Euros. We are, therefore, exposed to the risk of currency exchange rate fluctuations.

The dollar amount of our operations, which is denominated in NIS, is influenced by the timing of any change in the rate of inflation in Israel and the extent to which such change is not offset by the change in valuation of the NIS in relation to the US dollar. The dollar amount of our operations, which is denominated in JPY, is influenced by the timing of any change in the exchange rate of the USD in relation to the JPY. Such dollar amount of operations will increase if the US dollar devalues against the NIS or the JPY. Outstanding principal and interest on some of Tower’s debentures is linked to the Israeli consumer price index (CPI) and therefore, Tower’s dollar costs will increase if inflation in Israel exceeds the devaluation of the NIS against the US dollar.

- 14 -

Tower and Jazz’s borrowings under their respective credit facilities provide for interest based on a floating LIBOR rate, thereby exposing us to interest rate fluctuations. Furthermore, if Tower’s and/or Jazz's banks incur increased costs in financing the applicable credit facility due to changes in law or the unavailability of foreign currency, they may exercise their right to increase the interest rate on the credit facility or require Tower and/or Jazz to bear such increased cost as provided for in the respective credit facility agreement.

Tower regularly engages in various hedging strategies to reduce its exposure to some, but not all, of these risks and intends to continue to do so in the future. However, despite any such hedging activity, Tower is likely to remain exposed to interest rate and exchange rate fluctuations and inflation, which may increase the cost of its operating and financing activities.

We depend on intellectual property rights of third parties and failure to maintain or acquire licenses could harm our business.

We depend on third party intellectual property in order for us to provide certain foundry services and design support to our customers. If problems or delays arise with respect to the timely development, quality and provision of such intellectual property to us, the design and production of our customers’ products could be delayed, resulting in underutilization of our capacity. If any of our intellectual property vendors goes out of business, liquidates, merges with, or is acquired by, another company that discontinues the vendor’s previous line of business, or if we fail to maintain or acquire licenses to such intellectual property for any other reason, our business may be adversely affected. In addition, license fees and royalties payable under these agreements may impact our margins and operating results.

Failure to comply with the intellectual property rights of third parties or to defend our intellectual property rights could harm our business.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on our ability to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of others and defending our intellectual property rights. Because of the complexity of the technologies used and the multitude of patents, copyrights and other overlapping intellectual property rights, it is often difficult for semiconductor companies to determine infringement. Therefore, the semiconductor industry is characterized by frequent litigation regarding patent, trade secret and other intellectual property rights. We have been subject to intellectual property claims from time to time, some of which have been resolved through license agreements, the terms of which have not had a material effect on our business.

From time to time, we are a party to litigation matters incidental to the conduct of our business. Because of the nature of the industry, we may continue to be a party to infringement claims in the future. In the event any third party were to assert infringement claims against us or our customers, we may have to consider alternatives including, but not limited to:

negotiating cross-license agreements;

seeking to acquire licenses to the allegedly infringed patents, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all;

- 15 -

discontinuing use of certain process technologies, architectures, or designs, which could cause us to stop manufacturing certain integrated circuits if we are unable to design around the allegedly infringed patents;

litigating the matter in court and paying substantial monetary damages in the event we lose; or

seeking to develop non-infringing technologies, which may not be feasible.

Any one or several of these alternatives could place substantial financial and administrative burdens on us and hinder our business. Litigation, which could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of our resources, may also be necessary to enforce our patents or other intellectual property rights or to defend us or our customers against claimed infringement of the rights of others. If we fail to obtain certain licenses or if we will be involved in litigation relating to alleged patent infringement or other intellectual property matters, it could prevent us from manufacturing particular products or applying particular technologies, which could reduce our opportunities to generate revenues.

As of December 31, 2013, we held 215 patents in force. We intend to continue to file patent applications when appropriate. The process of seeking patent protection may take a long time and be expensive. We cannot assure you that patents will be issued from pending or future applications or that, if patents are issued, they will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented or that the rights granted under the patents will provide us with meaningful protection or any commercial advantage. In addition, we cannot assure you that other countries in which we market our services and products will protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the United States. Effective intellectual property enforcement may be unavailable or limited in some countries. We cannot assure you that we will at all times enforce our patents or other intellectual property rights and it may be difficult for us to protect our intellectual property from misuse or infringement by other companies in certain countries. Further, we cannot assure you that courts will uphold our intellectual property rights or enforce the contractual arrangements that we have entered into to protect our proprietary technology, which could reduce our opportunities to generate revenues. Our inability to enforce our intellectual property rights in some countries may harm our business and results of operations.

We could be seriously harmed by failure to comply with environmental regulations.

Our business is subject to a variety of laws and governmental regulations in Israel, the U.S. and Japan relating to the use, discharge and disposal of toxic or otherwise hazardous materials used in Tower’s production processes in Israel, in Jazz’s production processes in California and in TJP’s and TPSC’s facilities in Japan. If we fail to use, discharge or dispose of hazardous materials appropriately, or if applicable environmental laws or regulations change in the future, we could be subject to substantial liability or could be required to suspend or adversely modify our manufacturing operations. In addition, there is a risk of environmental liability which may result if decommissioning and sale of Fab 4’s assets in the course of ceasing its operations is not done in compliance with applicable environmental regulations.

We are subject to the risk of loss due to fire because the materials we use in our manufacturing processes are highly flammable.

We use highly flammable materials such as silane and hydrogen in our manufacturing processes and are therefore subject to the risk of loss arising from fire. The risk of fire associated with these materials cannot be completely eliminated. TPSC’s fabs are located in Japan in a location where natural disaster events such as earthquakes and snow storms occasionally occur, which may lead to fire in the fabs or other material damage. Although we maintain insurance policies to reduce potential losses that may be caused by fire, including business interruption insurance, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses due to a fire. If any of our fabs were to be damaged or cease operations as a result of a fire, and if our insurance proves to be inadequate, it may reduce our manufacturing capacity and revenues. In addition, a power outage, even of very limited duration, caused by a fire may result in a loss of wafers in production, deterioration in our fab yield and substantial downtime to reset equipment before resuming production.

- 16 -

Possible product returns could harm our business.

Products manufactured by us may be returned within specified periods if they are defective or otherwise fail to meet customers’ prior agreed upon specifications. Although product returns have historically been less than 1% of revenues, future product returns in excess of established provisions, if any, may have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

We are subject to risks related to our international operations.

We have generated substantial revenue from customers located in Asia-Pacific and in Europe. Because of our international operations, we are vulnerable to the following risks:

we price our products primarily in US dollars; if the Euro, Yen or other currencies weaken relative to the US dollar, our products may be relatively more expensive in these regions, which could result in a decrease in our revenue;

the burdens and costs of compliance with foreign government regulation, as well as compliance with a variety of foreign laws;

general geopolitical risks such as political and economic instability, international terrorism, potential hostilities and changes in diplomatic and trade relationships;

natural disasters affecting the countries in which we conduct our business;

imposition of regulatory requirements, tariffs, import and export restrictions and other trade barriers and restrictions, including the timing and availability of export licenses and permits;

adverse tax rules and regulations;

weak protection of our intellectual property rights;

delays in product shipments due to local customs restrictions;

laws and business practices favoring local companies;

difficulties in collecting accounts receivable; and

difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations.

In addition, Israel, the United States, Japan and other foreign countries may implement quotas, duties, taxes or other charges or restrictions upon the importation or exportation of our products, leading to a reduction in sales and profitability in that country. The geographical distance between Israel, the United States, Japan and the rest of Asia and Europe also creates a number of logistical and communication challenges. We cannot assure you that we will be able to sufficiently mitigate the risks related to our international operations.

- 17 -

Our business could suffer if we are unable to retain and recruit qualified personnel.

We depend on the continued services of our senior executive officers, senior managers and skilled technical and other personnel. Our business could suffer if we lose the services of some of these personnel due to resignation, medical absence, illness or other reasons, and we cannot find and integrate adequate replacement personnel into our senior management, business or operations in a timely manner. In particular, with respect to the recently acquired TPSC fabs, employees are in the process of being transferred from Panasonic Corporation and therefore there is a risk that we may not be able to retain the services of some of these key personnel, as the employees’ consent is required and may be cancelled at their discretion under applicable laws of Japan. In such case, there is no assurance that we will be able to find and adequately integrate replacement personnel into the operations at TPSC in a timely manner. We seek to recruit highly qualified personnel and there is intense competition for the services of these personnel in the semiconductor industry. Competition for personnel may increase significantly in the future as new fabless semiconductor companies as well as new semiconductor manufacturing facilities are established. Our ability to retain existing personnel and attract new personnel is in part dependent on the compensation packages we offer. As demand for qualified personnel increases, we may be forced to increase the compensation levels and to adjust the cash, equity and other components of compensation we offer our personnel.

Our business plan is premised on the increasing use of outsourced foundry services by both fabless semiconductor companies and integrated device manufacturers for the production of semiconductors using specialty process technologies. Our business may not be successful if this trend does not continue to develop in the manner we expect.

We operate as an independent semiconductor foundry focused primarily on specialty process technologies. Our business model assumes that demand for these processes within the semiconductor industry will grow and follow the broader trend towards outsourcing foundry operations. Although the use of foundries is established and growing for standard CMOS processes, the use of outsourced foundry services for specialty process technologies is less common and may never develop into a significant part of the semiconductor industry. If fabless companies and vertically integrated device manufacturers choose not to access independent specialty foundry capacity, the manufacture of specialty process technologies may not follow the trend of standard CMOS processes. If the broader trend to outsourced foundry services does not prove applicable to the specialty process technologies that we are focused on, our business, results of operations and cash flow may be harmed.

If we are unable to collaborate successfully with electronic design automation vendors and third-party design service companies to meet our customers’ design needs, our business could be harmed.

We have established relationships with electronic design automation vendors and third-party design service companies. We work together with these vendors to develop complete design kits that our customers can use to meet their design needs using our process technologies. Our ability to meet our customers’ design needs successfully depends on the availability and quality of the relevant services, tools and technologies provided by electronic design automation vendors and design service providers, and on whether we, together with these providers, are able to meet customers’ schedule and budget requirements. Difficulties or delays in these areas may adversely affect our ability to meet our customers’ needs, and thereby harm our business.

- 18 -

Failure to comply with existing or future governmental regulations could reduce our sales or increase our manufacturing costs.

The semiconductors we produce and the export of technologies used in our manufacturing processes may be subject to U.S., Israeli and/or Japanese export control and other regulations as well as various standards established by authorities in other countries. Failure to comply with existing or evolving U.S., Israeli, Japanese or other governmental regulation or to obtain timely domestic or foreign regulatory approvals or certificates, could materially harm our business by reducing our sales, requiring modifications to processes that we license to foreign third parties, or requiring modifications that may be too extensive to the products of our customers. Our business may be adversely affected if less stringent governmental controls are imposed on our foreign competitors’ processes or their customers’ products, thereby making our foreign competitors more competitive in the global market.

If the integrated circuits we manufacture are integrated into defective products, we may be subject to product liability or other claims which could damage our reputation and harm our business.

Our customers integrate our custom integrated circuits into their products which they then sell to end users. If these products are defective or malfunction, we may be subject to product liability claims, as well as possible recalls, safety alerts or advisory notices relating to the product. We cannot assure you that our insurance policies will be adequate to satisfy claims that may be made against us. Also, we may be unable to obtain insurance in the future at satisfactory rates, in adequate amounts, or at all. Product liability claims or product recalls in the future, regardless of their ultimate outcome, may have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition and our ability to attract and retain customers.

A significant portion of Fab 3’s workforce is unionized, and its operations may be adversely affected by work stoppages, strikes or other collective actions which may disrupt its production and adversely affect the yield of its fab.

A significant portion of Fab 3’s employees at the Newport Beach, California fab are represented by a union and covered by a collective bargaining agreement that is scheduled to expire in March 2015. We cannot predict the effect that continued union representation or future organizational activities will have on Fab 3’s business. We cannot assure you that Fab 3 will not experience a material work stoppage, strike or other collective action in the future, which may disrupt its production and adversely affect its customer relations and operational results.

Our production yields and business could be significantly harmed by natural disasters, particularly earthquakes.

Fab 1 and Fab 2 are located in an area near the Syrian-African rift valley, which is known to have seismic activity. Fab 3 is located in southern California, a region known for seismic activity. Fab 4, as well as the TPSC Fabs are located in Japan, which is generally susceptible to seismic activity. Due to the complex and delicate nature of our manufacturing processes, our facilities are particularly sensitive to the effects of vibrations associated with even minor earthquakes. Our business operations depend on our ability to maintain and protect our facilities, computer systems and personnel. We cannot be certain that precautions that any of our fabs have taken to seismically upgrade the fabs will be adequate to protect our facilities in the event of a major earthquake, and any resulting damage could seriously disrupt production and result in reduced revenues. In addition, we have no insurance coverage which may compensate us for losses that may be incurred in Fab 3, Fab 4 and the TPSC Fabs as a result of earthquakes, and any such losses or damages incurred by us may have a material adverse effect on our business.

- 19 -

The production line may stop for short or long periods of time due to power outages, water leaks, chemical leaks and other causes, which may adversely affect our cycle time, yield, and on schedule delivery, thereby potentially causing an immediate loss of a material amount of revenue for the current and coming quarter or quarters, which would adversely affect our revenue, profitability and short term financial forecasts as compared to our original estimations.

There are many events that may adversely affect the manufacturing process running in a facility. From time to time, there are events such as power outages, water leaks and chemical leaks that may adversely affect our cycle time, yield and on schedule delivery. In such events, we try to mitigate any potential damage caused by such events and have insurance coverage which we believe to be sufficient. However, we cannot ensure that such events will have no negative effect on the Company. Such events may potentially cause an immediate loss of a material amount of revenue for the current and coming quarter or quarters, which would adversely affect our revenue, profitability and short term financial forecasts as compared to our original estimations.

Climate change may negatively affect our business.

There is increasing concern that climate change is occurring and may have dramatic effects on human activity if no aggressive remediation steps are taken. Public expectations with respect to reductions in greenhouse gas emissions may result in increased energy, transportation and raw material costs.

Scientific examination of, political attention to and rules and regulations on issues surrounding the existence and extent of climate change may result in increased production costs due to increase in the prices of energy and introduction of energy or carbon tax. A variety of regulatory developments have been introduced that focus on restricting or managing emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases. Enterprises may need to purchase new equipment at higher costs or raw materials with lower carbon footprints. These developments and further legislation that is likely to be enacted may adversely affect our operations. Changes in environmental regulations, such as those on the use of per fluorinated compounds, may increase our production costs, which may adversely affect our results of operation and financial condition.

In addition, more frequent droughts and floods, extreme weather conditions and rising sea levels may occur due to climate change. For example, transportation suspension caused by extreme weather conditions may harm the distribution of our products. We cannot predict the economic impact, if any, of disasters or climate change.

Compliance with the US Conflict Minerals Law may affect our ability or the ability of our suppliers to purchase raw materials at an effective cost.

Many industries rely on materials which are subject to regulation concerning certain minerals sourced from the Democratic Republic of Congo ("DRC") or adjoining countries, which include Sudan, Uganda, Rwanda, Burundi, United Republic of Tanzania, Zambia, Angola, Congo, and Central African Republic. These minerals are commonly referred to as conflict minerals. Conflict minerals which may be used in our industry or by our suppliers include Columbite-tantalite (derivative of tantalum [Ta]), Cassiterite (derivative of tin [Sn]), gold [Au], Wolframite (derivative of tungsten [W]), and Cobalt [Co]. The SEC adopted annual disclosure and reporting requirements with respect to use of conflict minerals mined from the DRC and adjoining countries in their products.. There may also be costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including for diligence to determine the sources of conflict minerals used in our products and other potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply as a consequence of such verification activities. Although we expect that we and our vendors will be able to comply with the requirements, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to gather all the information required from our vendors. In addition, there is increasing public sentiment that companies should avoid using conflict materials from the DRC and adjoining countries. Although we believe our suppliers do not rely on such conflict materials, there can be no guarantee that we will continue to be able to obtain adequate supplies of materials needed for our production from supply chains outside the DRC and adjoining countries. A failure to obtain necessary information or to maintain adequate supplies of materials from supply chains outside the DRC and adjoining countries may delay our production, increasing the risk of losing customers and business.

- 20 -

Risks relating to construction activities adjacent to Fab 3.

Jazz leases its fabrication facilities and headquarters under lease contracts that may be extended until 2027, through the exercise of options at Jazz’s sole discretion to extend the lease periods from 2017 to 2022 and from 2022 to 2027. In 2010, the properties which Jazz leases for its fabrication facilities and headquarters were sold to a real estate investment firm based in Irvine, California. In connection with the sale, Jazz negotiated amendments to its operating leases that confirm Jazz’s ability to remain in the fabrication facilities through 2027 as described above. In the amendments to its leases, Jazz secured various contractual safeguards designed to limit and mitigate any adverse impact of construction activities on its fabrication operations. Although Jazz does not anticipate a material adverse impact to its operations, it is possible that construction activities adjacent to Jazz’s fabrication facility could result in temporary reductions or interruptions in the supply of utilities to the property and that a portion or all of the fabrication facility may need to be idled temporarily during development. If construction activities limit or interrupt the supply of water, gas or electricity to Fab 3 or cause significant vibrations or other disruptions, it could limit or delay Fab 3’s production, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. In addition, an unplanned power outage caused by construction activities, even of very limited duration, could result in a loss of wafers in production, deterioration in Fab 3’s yield and substantial downtime to reset equipment before resuming production. In relation to the amendment to the lease contract, Jazz may incur substantial costs in order to reach required noise mitigation which may affect our results.

Risks Related to Our Securities

Tower's outstanding debentures are subordinated to Tower's indebtedness to its banks and obligations to secured creditors and Jazz’s notes are subordinated to Jazz's secured indebtedness to its bank.

Tower's outstanding debentures are subordinated to (i) approximately $131 million in the aggregate payable to the banks as of December 31, 2013 under Tower’s amended facility agreement and (ii) any obligations to the Investment Center of the Israeli Ministry of Industry, Trade and Labor under the Investment Center’s “Approved Enterprise” program in relation to Fab 2. Tower has not guaranteed any of Jazz's debt, including Jazz's debt under its bank loan and Jazz's debt to its note holders. In addition, Jazz's notes are subordinated to approximately $19 million payable in regard to Jazz's secured bank loans as of December 31, 2013. As a result, upon any distribution to Tower or Jazz’s creditors, as applicable, in liquidation or reorganization or similar proceedings, these secured creditors will be entitled to be paid in full before any payment may be made with respect to Tower or Jazz’s outstanding debentures or note holders, as applicable. In any of these circumstances, Tower, or Jazz, as applicable, may not have sufficient assets to pay amounts due on any or all of their respective debentures or notes then outstanding. In addition, neither Tower nor Jazz, as applicable, is permitted under the terms of their respective facility agreements to make a payment on account of their respective debentures or notes, as applicable, if on the date of such payment an “Event of Default” exists under the applicable facility agreement.

- 21 -

Tower’s stock market price and Tower’s debentures’ traded price may be volatile in the future. Fluctuations in the market price of our traded securities may significantly affect our reported GAAP non-cash financing expenses and our ability to issue new securities.

The shares stock market and the Israeli convertibles debentures and straight bonds markets in general, have experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the related companies. The stock prices for many companies in the semiconductor industry have experienced wide fluctuations, which have often been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of Tower’s equity and debt securities regardless of Tower’s actual operating performance.

In addition, it is possible that Tower’s operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors, in which case, the price of Tower’s securities may underperform or fall.

Fluctuations in price of Tower's equity and debt securities may impact our financial results as such factors serve as inputs in our fair value measurement of financial instruments, as well as certain embedded features, which are presented at fair value under prevailing accounting standards.

Fluctuation in the market price of such securities or of our share price may cause a significant fluctuation in our reported GAAP non-cash financing expenses, which may harm our ability to accurately forecast our reported GAAP non-cash financing expenses, our reported net profit or loss and our reported earnings or losses per share, and may cause our gross and operating profits to result in a net loss, increase our net loss or reduce our net profits. This non-cash appreciation in our obligations and financing expenses will either eventually be reversed or be converted into shareholders’ equity, or a combination thereof.

Such adverse fluctuations in the market price of our equity and debt securities may also result in difficulties in our ability to issue new securities to finance our growth plans, obligations and liabilities.

Market sales of large amounts of Tower’s shares or securities or conversion or exercise of a material portion of securities into shares or issuance of new ordinary shares, or even the perception that such may occur, may depress the market price of Tower’s shares, impair our ability to raise future capital through the sale of Tower securities and limit our ability to fund our growth plans, long-term debt and other liabilities, which may have adverse effects on our business and financial position.

Market sales of large amounts of Tower’s shares or securities, or even the perception that such sales may occur, may lower the price of Tower’s ordinary shares. The majority of Tower’s outstanding ordinary shares as of March 31, 2014 are held by non-affiliates and are freely tradable under US securities laws . The balance is held by the Israel Corporation, our major shareholder. Some of these shares are, or may be, registered for resale and therefore are, or could be, freely tradable under US securities laws, and the balance are eligible for sale subject to the volume and manner of sale limitations of Rule 144 promulgated under the US Securities Act of 1933. In addition, as described below, a substantial number of Tower ordinary shares are issuable under capital notes, options, warrants and convertible debentures.

Market sales of large amounts of Tower’s shares or securities, or a conversion or exercise of a material portion of such convertible securities, or issuance of new ordinary shares, or even the perception that such sales, conversions, exercises or issuances may occur could depress the market price of Tower ordinary shares and may impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of Tower securities and limit our ability to fund our growth plans, long-term debt and other liabilities, which may have adverse effects on our business and financial position.

- 22 -

Any inability to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes−Oxley Act of 2002 regarding internal control attestation or any SEC filing requirement may adversely affect our financial position.

We are subject to the reporting and filing requirements of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). The SEC, as directed by Section 404(a) of the United States Sarbanes−Oxley Act of 2002, adopted rules requiring public companies to include a management report assessing the company’s effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and an attestation thereof by its auditors in its annual report. Our management and/or our auditors may conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective. Such a conclusion could result in a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which could negatively impact the market price of our shares and our ability to access the capital markets. In addition, we are required to file reports and other information with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations thereunder applicable to foreign private issuers the company, see also item 10–Additional Information -- Documents on Display. Failure by us to file reports and other information with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations thereunder may result in filing or other deficiency and negatively impact the market price of our shares and our ability to access the capital markets, thereby adversely affecting our financial position.

Risks Related to Our Operations in Israel

Instability in Israel may harm our business.

Fab 1 and Fab 2 manufacturing facilities and certain of its corporate and sales offices are located in Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel may directly affect our business.

Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, Israel has been and is subject to armed conflict with neighboring states and terrorist activity, with varying levels of severity. Parties with whom we do business have sometimes declined to travel to Israel during periods of heightened unrest or tension, forcing us to make alternative arrangements where necessary. In addition, the political and security situation in Israel may result in parties with whom we have agreements claiming that they are not obligated to perform their commitments under those agreements pursuant to force majeure provisions. We can give no assurance that security and political conditions will not adversely impact our business in the future. Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners could adversely affect our operations and make it more difficult for us to raise capital. Furthermore, Fab 1 and Fab 2 manufacturing facilities are located exclusively in Israel. We could experience serious disruption to our manufacturing in Israel if acts associated with this conflict result in any serious damage to said manufacturing facilities. In addition, our business interruption insurance may not adequately compensate us for losses that may incurred, and any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In the event of severe unrest or other conflict, Israeli personnel could be required to serve in the military for extended periods of time. In response to increases in terrorist activity, there have been periods of significant call-ups of Israeli military reservists, and it is possible that there will be additional call-ups in the future. Many male Israeli citizens, including most of Tower's male employees under the age of 40, are subject to compulsory military reserve service and may be called to active duty under emergency circumstances. Our operations in Israel could be disrupted by the absence for a significant period of time of one or more of our key employees or a significant number of our other employees due to military service. Such disruption could harm our operations.

- 23 -

If the exemption allowing us to operate our Israeli manufacturing facilities seven days a week is not renewed, our business will be adversely affected.

We operate our Israeli manufacturing facilities seven days a week pursuant to an exemption from the law that requires businesses in Israel to be closed from sundown on Friday through sundown on Saturday. This exemption expires by its terms on December 31, 2014. If the exemption is not renewed in the future and we are forced to close either or both of the Israeli facilities for this period each week, our financial results and business will be harmed.

It may be difficult to enforce a US judgment against us, our officers, directors and advisors or to assert US securities law claims in Israel.

Tower is incorporated in Israel. Most of Tower’s executive officers and directors and our Israeli accountants and attorneys are nonresidents of the United States, and a majority of Tower’s assets (excluding its foreign subsidiaries and their assets) and the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult to enforce a judgment obtained in the United States, against Tower or any of these persons, in US or Israeli courts based on the civil liability provisions of the US federal securities laws, except to the extent that such judgment could be enforced in the U.S. against Tower’s U.S. subsidiaries. Additionally, it may be difficult to enforce civil liabilities under US federal securities laws claimed in original actions instituted in Israel.

ITEM 4.

INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY

We are a pure-play independent specialty foundry dedicated to the manufacture of semiconductors. Typically, pure-play foundries do not offer products of their own, but focus on producing integrated circuits, or ICs, based on the design specifications of their customers. We manufacture semiconductors for our customers primarily based on third party designs. We currently offer the manufacture of ICs with geometries ranging from 1.0 to 45-nanometers. We also provide design support and complementary technical services. ICs manufactured by us are incorporated into a wide range of products in diverse markets, including consumer electronics, personal computers, communications, automotive, industrial and medical device products.

We are focused on establishing leading market share in high-growth specialized markets by providing our customers with high-value wafer foundry services. Our historical focus has been standard digital complementary metal oxide semiconductor (“CMOS”) process technology, which is the most widely used method of producing ICs. We are currently focused on the emerging opportunities in specialized technologies including CMOS image sensors, mixed-signal, radio frequency CMOS (RFCMOS), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), and silicon-germanium BiCMOS (SiGe BiCMOS or SiGe), high voltage CMOS, radio frequency identification (RFID) technologies and power management. To better serve our customers, we have developed and are continuously expanding our technology offerings in these fields. Through our experience and expertise gained over twenty years of operation, we differentiate ourselves by creating a high level of value for our clients through innovative technological processes, design and engineering support, competitive manufacturing indices, and dedicated customer service.

Tower was founded in 1993, with the acquisition of National Semiconductor’s 150-mm wafer fabrication facility located in Migdal Haemek, Israel, and commenced operations as an independent foundry. Since then, we have significantly upgraded our Fab 1 facility, equipment, capacity and technological capabilities with process geometries ranging from 1.0-micron to 0.35-micron and enhanced our process technologies to include CMOS image sensors, embedded flash, advanced analog, RF (radio frequency) and mixed-signal technologies.

- 24 -

In 2003, we commenced production in Fab 2, a wafer fabrication facility we established in Migdal Haemek, Israel. Fab 2 supports geometries ranging from 0.35 to 0.13-micron, using advanced CMOS technology, including CMOS image sensors, embedded flash, advanced analog, RF (radio frequency), power platforms and mixed-signal technologies.

In September 2008, we merged with Jazz Technologies, Inc ("Jazz"). Jazz focuses on specialty process technologies for the manufacture of analog and mixed-signal semiconductor devices. Jazz's specialty process technologies include advanced analog, radio frequency, high voltage, bipolar and silicon germanium bipolar complementary metal oxide (“SiGe”) semiconductor processes. ICs manufactured by Jazz are incorporated into a wide range of products, including cellular phones, wireless local area networking devices, digital TVs, set-top boxes, gaming devices, switches, routers and broadband modems. Jazz operates one semiconductor fabrication facility in Newport Beach, California (“Fab 3”).

In June 2011, we acquired a fabrication facility in Nishiwaki City, Hyogo, Japan ("Fab 4") from Micron. The assets and related business that we acquired from Micron are held and conducted through a wholly owned Japanese subsidiary, TowerJazz Japan Ltd. ("TJP"). Fab 4 supports geometries ranging from 0.13 to 0.095-micron to manufacture DRAM as well as CMOS and CMOS image sensor products. In 2014, we decided to cease the operations of Fab 4 in the course of restructuring our activities and business in Japan.

In December 2013, we signed a formation agreement with Panasonic and in March 2014 we closed a definitive transaction with Panasonic to create a new company to manufacture products for Panasonic and potentially other third parties, using Panasonic's three semiconductor manufacturing facilities located in Hokuriku Japan. Pursuant to the transaction, Panasonic formed a new company called TowerJazz Panasonic Semiconductor Co., Ltd., (“TPSC”) and transferred its semiconductor wafer manufacturing process and capacity tools (8 inch and 12 inch) at its three fabs located in Hokuriku (Uozu E, Tonami CD and Arai E) to TPSC, and entered into a five-year manufacturing agreement for the manufacture of products for Panasonic by TPSC. As part of the transaction, we purchased 51% of the shares of TPSC from Panasonic. For more details please see Item 5.D. Trend Information.

Our executive offices and Israeli manufacturing facilities are located in the Ramat Gavriel Industrial Park, Shaul Amor Street, Post Office Box 619, Migdal Haemek, 23105 Israel, and our telephone number is 972-4-650-6611. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Tower Semiconductor USA, Inc. located at 2570 North First Street, Suite 480 San Jose, CA 95131.

For more information about us, go to www.towerjazz.com. Information on our web site is not incorporated by reference in this annual report.

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

PROLIFERATION OF ANALOG AND MIXED-SIGNAL SEMICONDUCTORS AND THE GROWING NEED FOR SPECIALTY PROCESS TECHNOLOGIES

Semiconductor devices are responsible for the rapid growth of the electronics industry over the past fifty years. They are critical components in a variety of applications, from computers, consumer electronics and communications, to industrial, military, medical and automotive applications. Rapid changes in the semiconductor industry frequently make recently introduced devices and applications obsolete within a very short period of time. With the increase in their performance and decrease in their size and cost, the use of semiconductors and the number of their applications have increased significantly.

- 25 -

Historically, the semiconductor industry was composed primarily of companies that designed and manufactured ICs in their own fabrication facilities. These companies, such as Intel and IBM, are known as integrated device manufacturers, or IDMs. In the mid-1980s, fabless IC companies, which focused on IC design and used external manufacturing capacity, began to emerge. Fabless companies initially outsourced production to IDMs, which filled this need through their excess capacity. As the semiconductor industry continued to grow, increasing competition forced fabless companies and IDMs to seek reliable and dedicated sources of IC manufacturing services. Use of external manufacturing capacity allowed IDMs to reduce their investment in their existing and next-generation manufacturing facilities and process technologies. This need for external manufacturing capacity led to the development of independent companies, known as foundries, which focus primarily on providing IC manufacturing services to semiconductor suppliers. Foundry services are used by nearly all major semiconductor companies in the world, including IDMs, as part of a dual-source, risk-diversification and cost effectiveness strategy.

Semiconductor suppliers face increasing demands for new products that provide higher performance, greater functionality and smaller form factors at lower prices - all features that require increasingly complex ICs. The industry has experienced a dramatic increase in the number of applications that incorporate semiconductors. Further, in order to compete successfully, semiconductor suppliers must minimize the time it takes to bring a product to market. As a result, fabless companies and IDMs have focused more on their core competencies, design and intellectual property, and tend to outsource manufacturing to foundries.

The two basic functional technologies for semiconductor products are digital and analog. Digital semiconductors provide critical processing power and have helped enable many of the computing and communication advances of recent years. Analog semiconductors monitor and manipulate real world signals such as sound, light, pressure, motion, temperature, electrical current and radio waves, for use in a wide variety of electronic products such as digital still cameras, x-ray medical applications, flat panel displays, personal computers, cellular handsets, telecommunications equipment, consumer electronics, automotive electronics and industrial electronics. Analog-digital, or mixed-signal, semiconductors combine analog and digital devices on a single chip which can process both analog and digital signals.

Integrating analog and digital components on a single, mixed-signal semiconductor enables the development of smaller, more highly integrated, power-efficient, feature-rich and cost-effective semiconductor devices but presents significant design and manufacturing challenges. For example, combining high-speed digital circuits with sensitive analog circuits on a single, mixed-signal semiconductor can increase electromagnetic interference and power consumption, both of which cause a higher amount of heat to be dissipated and decrease the overall performance of the semiconductor. Challenges associated with the design and manufacture of mixed-signal semiconductors increase as the industry moves toward more advanced process geometries. As a result, analog and mixed-signal semiconductors can be complex to manufacture and typically require sophisticated design expertise and strong application specific experience and intellectual property. In addition, today’s analog market is driven strongly by growing sensitivity to environmental requirements such as the conservation of energy, and human well being. This is seen in applications designed for diagnostics, medical devices, entertainment, infotainment and safety, all developed using analog technology.

Mixed-signal ICs are an essential part of any front-end electronic system. Our advanced analog CMOS process technologies have more features than standard analog CMOS process technologies and are well suited for higher performance or more highly integrated analog and mixed-signal semiconductors, such as high-speed analog-to-digital or digital-to-analog converters and mixed-signal semiconductors with integrated data converters. These process technologies generally incorporate higher density passive components, such as capacitors and resistors, as well as improved active components, such as native or low voltage devices, and improved isolation techniques, into standard analog CMOS process technologies.

- 26 -

The enormous costs associated with modern fabs, combined with the increasing demand for complex ICs, has created an expanding market for outsourced foundry manufacturing. Foundries can cost-effectively supply advanced ICs to even the smallest fabless companies by creating economies of scale through pooling the demand of numerous customers. In addition, customers whose IC designs require process technologies other than standard digital CMOS have created a market for independent foundries that focus on providing specialized process technologies. Specialty process technologies enable greater analog content and can reduce the die size of an analog or mixed-signal semiconductor, thereby increasing the number of dies that can be manufactured on a wafer and reducing final die cost. In addition, specialty process technologies can enable increased performance, superior noise reduction and improved power efficiency of analog and mixed-signal semiconductors compared to traditional standard CMOS processes. These specialty process technologies include advanced analog CMOS, radio frequency CMOS (RF CMOS), CMOS image sensors (CIS), high voltage CMOS, bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium BiCMOS (SiGe BiCMOS), and bipolar CMOS double-diffused metal oxide semiconductor (BCD). We have mastered the skills required to work in this technology intensive environment which is rapidly changing. We work closely with our customers to provide them with unique and specialized solutions needed for their business success.

Foundries also offer competitive customer service through design, testing, and other technical services.

MANUFACTURING PROCESSES AND SPECIALIZED TECHNOLOGIES

We manufacture ICs on silicon wafers, generally using the customer’s proprietary circuit designs. In some cases, we use third-party or our own proprietary design elements. The end product of our manufacturing process is a silicon wafer containing multiple identical ICs. In most cases, our customer assumes responsibility for dicing, assembly, packaging and testing.

We provide wafer fabrication services to fabless IC companies and IDMs, as sole source or second source, and enable smooth integration of the semiconductor design and manufacturing processes. By doing so, we enable our customers to bring high-performance, highly integrated ICs to market rapidly and cost effectively. We believe that our technological strengths and emphasis on customer service have allowed us to develop a unique position in large, high-growth specialized markets for CMOS image sensors, RF, power management and high performance mixed signal ICs.

We manufacture using specialty process technologies, mostly based on CMOS process platforms with added features to enable special and unique functionality, improved size, performance and cost characteristics for analog and mixed-signal semiconductors. Products made with our specialty process technologies are typically more complex to manufacture than products made using standard process technologies employing similar line widths. Generally, customers that use our specialty process technologies cannot easily transfer designs to another foundry because the analog characteristics of the design are dependent upon the implementation of its applicable process technology. The specialty process design infrastructure is complex and includes design kits and device models that are specific to the foundry in which the process is implemented and to the process technology itself. In addition, the relatively small engineering community with specialty process expertise and the significant investment required for development or transfer and maintenance of specialty process technologies has limited the number of foundries capable of offering specialty process technologies. We believe that our specialized process technologies combined with design enablement capabilities distinguish our IC manufacturing services and attract industry-leading customers.

- 27 -

We also offer process transfer services to integrated device manufacturers (IDMs) who wish to manufacture products using their own process and do not have sufficient capacity in their own fabs. Existing or new fabs may engage us for such services in order to expand their technology offerings. Our process transfer services are also used by fabless companies that have proprietary process flows that they wish to manufacture at additional manufacturing sites for purposes of geographic diversity or require a new technology node which is very costly to build independent of other business commitments. Our process services include development, transfer, and extensive optimization as defined by customer needs.

With our world-class engineering team, well established transfer methodologies, and vast manufacturing experience, we offer state of the art production lines for core CMOS and specialized technologies such as back-end-of-line (BEOL) magnetoresistive random access memory (MRAM) and MEMS, among others. With a combination of well known intellectual property protection and capacity flexibility commitment, we ensure customer confidence and satisfaction for low-risk services and fast time-to-market.

We are a trusted, customer-oriented service provider that has built a solid reputation in the foundry industry over the last twenty years. We have built strong relationships with customers, who continue to use our services, even as their demands evolve to smaller form factors and new applications. Our consistent focus on providing high-quality, value added services, including engineering and design support, has allowed us to attract customers that seek to work with a proven provider of foundry solutions. Our emphasis on working closely with customers and accelerating the time-to-market of our customers’ next-generation products has enabled us to maintain a high customer retention rate and increase the number of new customers and new products for production.

We derived a very significant amount of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 from our target specialized markets: CMOS image sensors, wireless communication, RF SiGe, high performance analog and power ICs. We are highly experienced in these markets, having been an early entrant and having developed unique proprietary technologies, including through licensing and joint development efforts with our customers and other technology companies.

The specific process technologies that we currently focus on include: CMOS image sensors (CIS), advanced analog CMOS, radio frequency CMOS (RF CMOS), radio frequency identification (RFID), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe BiCMOS), high voltage CMOS, silicon-on-insulator (SOI) and power LDMOS.

In November 2009, Tower entered into a definitive agreement with an Asian entity for the provision by Tower on a turn-key basis of various services and equipment required for the capacity ramp-up and upgrade of the entity’s currently installed and commissioned eight inch refurbished wafer fabrication facility. Under said agreement, Tower provides technical consultation, know-how, training and turn-key manufacturing solutions, including arranging for the required manufacturing and the transfer of certain equipment required for the fab ramp-up and upgrade. We have received approximately 95% of the agreed consideration and are working on performing the final milestones and delivery of the remaining deliverables.

CMOS Image Sensors

CMOS image sensors are ICs used to capture an image in a wide variety of consumer, communications, medical, automotive and industrial market applications, including camera-equipped cell phones, digital still and video cameras, security and surveillance cameras and video game consoles. Our dedicated manufacturing and testing processes assure consistently high electro-optical performance of the integrated sensor through wafer-level characterization. Our CMOS image sensor processes have demonstrated superior optical characteristics, excellent spectral response and high resolution and sensitivity. The ultra-low dark current, high efficiency and accurate spectral response of our photodiode enable faithful color reproduction and acute detail definition.

- 28 -

We are currently actively involved in the high-end sensor and applications specific markets, which include applications such as high end video, industrial machine vision, dental x-ray, medical x-ray automotive sensors and three dimensional sensors for entertainment and industrial applications.

We recognized the market potential of using CMOS process technology for a digital camera-on-a-chip, which would integrate a CMOS image sensor, filters and digital circuitry. Upon entering the CMOS image sensor foundry business, we utilized research and development work that had been ongoing since 1993. Our services include a broad range of turnkey solutions and services, including silicon proven pixels services, optical characterization of a CMOS process, innovative patented stitching manufacturing technique and optical testing and packaging. The CMOS image sensors that we manufacture deliver outstanding image quality for a broad spectrum of digital imaging applications.

Specifically, our CIS portfolio includes pixels ranging from 2.2 micron up to 150 micron, all developed by us. We provide both rolling shutter and global shutter pixels. The latter are used mainly in the industrial sensor and in the three dimensional sensors markets. Our advanced photo diode (APD) technology used in CMOS image sensors enables improved optical and electrical performance such as low dark current, low noise, high well capacity, high quantum efficiency and high uniformity of pixels utilizing deep sub-micron process technologies, thus enabling the manufacturing of very sophisticated and high performance camera module solutions.

For the X-ray market, we offer our innovative patented “stitching” technology on 0.18-micron process and a variety of 15 to 150-micron pixels that are optimized for X-ray applications. These pixels are used by our customers in dental and other medical X-ray products. Our stitching technology enables semiconductor exposure tools to manufacture single ultra high-resolution CMOS image sensors containing millions of pixels at sizes far larger than their existing field. This technology is also used by us in the manufacturing of large sensors (up to one die per wafer) on 8” wafers and high end large format sensors with special pixels that we have developed specifically for this market.

RF CMOS

In recent years, more and more designers opt to develop high frequency products based on RF CMOS technologies. The superior cost structure of CMOS technologies enables high volume, low cost production of high frequency products. We used our mixed signal expertise to leverage and develop processes and provide services for customers that utilize CMOS technologies and require high frequency performance.

Our RF CMOS process technologies have more features than advanced analog CMOS process technologies and are well suited for wireless semiconductors, such as highly integrated wireless transceivers, power amplifiers, and television tuners. These process technologies generally incorporate integrated inductors, high performance variable capacitors, or varactors, and RF laterally diffused metal oxide semiconductors into an advanced analog CMOS process technology. In addition to the process features, our RF offering includes design kits with RF models, device simulation and physical layouts tailored specifically for RF performance. We currently have RF CMOS process technologies in 0.25 micron, 0.18 micron and 0.13 micron.

- 29 -

BiCMOS for RF and High Performance Analog

Our BiCMOS process technologies have more features than RF CMOS process technologies and are well suited for RF semiconductors, such as wireless transceivers and television tuners. These process technologies generally incorporate high-speed bipolar transistors into an RF CMOS process. The equipment requirements for BiCMOS manufacturing are specialized, and require enhanced tool capabilities to achieve high yield manufacturing. We currently have 0.35 micron BiCMOS process technology.

Our SiGe BiCMOS process technologies have more features than BiCMOS processes and are well suited for more advanced RF and high performance analog semiconductors such as high-speed, low noise, highly integrated multi-band wireless transceivers, optical networking components, television tuners and power amplifiers. These integrated circuits generally incorporate a silicon germanium bipolar transistor, which is formed by the deposition of a thin layer of silicon germanium within a bipolar transistor, to achieve higher speed, lower noise, and more efficient power performance than a BiCMOS process technology. It is also possible to achieve higher speed using SiGe BiCMOS process technologies equivalent to those demonstrated in standard CMOS processes that are two process generations smaller in line-width. For example, a 0.18 micron SiGe BiCMOS process is able to achieve speeds comparable to a 90 nanometer RF CMOS process. As a result, SiGe BiCMOS makes it possible to create analog products using a larger geometry process technology at a lower cost while achieving similar or superior performance to that achieved using a smaller geometry standard CMOS process technology. The equipment requirements for SiGe BiCMOS manufacturing are similar to the specialized equipment requirements for BiCMOS. We developed enhanced tool capabilities in conjunction with large semiconductor tool suppliers to achieve high yield SiGe manufacturing. We believe this equipment and related process expertise makes us one of the few integrated circuit manufacturers with demonstrated ability to deliver SiGe BiCMOS products. We currently have 0.35 micron, 0.18 micron and 0.13 SiGe BiCMOS micron technologies available.

Power and Power Management ICs

Our power technologies are generally divided into a low-voltage BCD offering and a 700V ultra-high voltage offering. Our low-voltage BCD process technologies have more features than advanced analog CMOS processes and are well suited for power and driver semiconductors, such as voltage regulators, battery chargers, power management products and audio amplifiers. These process technologies generally incorporate higher voltage CMOS devices such as 5V, 8V, 12V, 40V and 60V LDMOS devices, and, in the case of BCD, bipolar devices, into an advanced analog CMOS process. We currently have high voltage and low Rdson BCD offerings in 0.5 micron, 0.35 micron, 0.25 micron and 0.18 micron. We offer a cost effective and digital intensive power management platform, based on our 0.18um technology node with advanced isolation options that allow our customers to design high performance products as well as products with high levels of integration.

Our 700V ultra-high voltage platform supports the fast growing LED lighting market as well as serving the more established AC adaptor and motor driver markets.

In addition, we have developed a unique, zero mask adder NVM solution (Y-Flash) specifically for power and power management devices on our 0.18 micron platform. We have released several Y-flash based modules to our customers which have been integrated into their products.

We continue to invest in technology that improves performance and integration level and reduces the cost of analog and mixed-signal products. This includes improving the density of passive elements such as capacitors and inductors, improving the analog performance and voltage handling capability of active devices, and integrating additional advanced features in our specialty CMOS processes. Examples of such features currently under development include technologies aimed at integrating micro-electro-mechanical-system (MEMS) devices with CMOS, adding silicon-on-insulator (SOI) substrates to enable increased integration of RF and analog functions on a single die and scaling the features we offer today to the 0.13 micron process technology, including the integration of advanced SiGe transistors with 0.13 micron CMOS and copper metallization.

- 30 -

CUSTOMERS, MARKETING AND SALES

Our marketing and sales strategy seeks to aggressively expand our global customer base. We have marketing and sales support personnel in the United States, Korea, Taiwan, Japan, China and Israel. We appointed country managers in Korea and China. Our marketing and sales staff is supported by independent sales representatives, located in Europe, United States and Japan, who have been selected based on their experience in and understanding of the semiconductor marketplace.

Our sales cycle is generally 8-26 months or longer for new customers and can be as short as 8-12 months for existing customers. The typical stages in the sales cycle process from initial contact until production are:

technical evaluation;

product design to our specifications, including integration of third party intellectual property;

photomask - design and third party photomask manufacturing;

silicon prototyping;

assembly and test;

validation and qualification; and

production.

The primary customers of our foundry services are fabless semiconductor companies and independent device manufacturers (IDMs). A portion of our product sales are made pursuant to long-term contracts with our customers, under which we have agreed to reserve manufacturing capacity at our production facilities for such customers. Our customers include many industry leaders. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had three significant customers that contributed between 7% to 27% of our revenues. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we had two significant customers that contributed between 6% to 43% of our revenues. In 2011, we had four significant customers that contributed between 5% to 32% of our revenues.

The percentage of our revenues from customers located outside the United States was 22%, 19% and 23% in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Although most of our revenues are from US-based customers, we expect a substantial portion of our revenues to continue to come from customers located outside the United States. The following table sets forth the geographical distribution, by percentage, of our net revenues for the periods indicated:

	Year ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
United States		77	%		81	%		78	%
Asia		16	%		14	%		17	%
Europe		7	%		5	%		5	%
Total		100	%		100	%		100	%

- 31 -

We price our products on a per wafer basis, taking into account the complexity of the technology, the prevailing market conditions, volume forecasts, the strength and history of our relationships with the customer and our current capacity utilization. Most of our customers usually place their purchase orders only two to four months before shipment; however a few of our major customers are obligated to provide us with longer forecasts of their wafer needs.

We publish press releases, articles, technology journals, white papers, perform presentations, participate in panel sessions at industry conferences, hold a variety of regional and international technology seminars, and attend and exhibit at various industry trade shows to promote our products, technology offering and services. We discuss advances in our process technology portfolio and progress on specific relevant programs with our prospective and major customers as well as industry analysts and research analysts on a regular basis and publicly release any such information that we deem material or important to disclose and as required by law.

Our customers use our processes to design and market a broad range of analog and mixed-signal semiconductors for diverse end markets, including wire and wireless high-speed communications, consumer electronics, automotive and industrial. We manufacture products for a wide range of electronic products, including but not limited to, high-performance applications, such as transceivers and power management for cellular phones; transceivers and power amplifiers for wireless local area networking products; power management, audio amplifiers and driver integrated circuits for consumer electronics; tuners for digital televisions and set-top boxes; modem chipsets for broadband access devices and gaming devices; serializer/deserializers, or SerDes, for fiber optic transceivers; high end video cameras, dental and medical x-ray vision, industrial cameras, focal plan arrays for imaging applications; controllers for power amplifier and switching chips in cellular phones and wireline interfaces for switches and routers.

Competition

The global semiconductor foundry industry is highly competitive. We broadly compete with the pure-play advanced technology node-driven foundry service providers such as Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Corporation (“TSMC”), United Microelectronics Corporation (“UMC”), Global Foundries Inc. and Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corp. (“SMIC”). These four foundries primarily compete against one another and focus on 12 inch deep-submicron CMOS processing. They each also have some capacity for specialty process technologies. The rest of the foundry industry generally targets either industry standard 8 inch CMOS processing or specialty process technologies. It includes existing Chinese, Korean and Malaysian foundries. We compete most directly in the specialty segment with foundries such as Vanguard Semiconductor, DongBu, X-Fab, ASMC, HHGrace. We also compete with integrated device manufacturers that have internal semiconductor manufacturing capacity or foundry operations, such as IBM, ST and Samsung, that produce ICs for their own use and may allocate a portion of their manufacturing capacity to external customers. Most of the foundries with which we compete are located in Asia-Pacific and benefit from their close proximity to companies involved in the design of ICs and to the Asian customer base. The principal elements of competition in the wafer foundry market are:

technical competency;

production quality;

time-to-market and manufacturing cycle time;

available capacity;

- 32 -

device yields;

design and customer support services;

access to intellectual property;

price;

management expertise;

strategic relationships;

research and development capabilities; and

stability and reliability of supply in order to be a trusted supplier.

Many of our competitors have greater manufacturing capacity, geographically diverse manufacturing facilities, longer or more established relationships with their customers, a more diverse customer base, superior research and development capability, better cost structure and greater financial, marketing and other resources. As a result, these companies may be able to compete more aggressively over a longer period of time than us.

We seek to compete primarily on the basis of advanced specialty technology, R&D, breadth of process offering, production quality, technical support and our design, engineering and manufacturing services. We have a differentiated service offering and proven track record in specialized markets, which enables us to effectively compete with larger foundry service providers.

Some semiconductor companies have advanced their CMOS designs to 90 and 35 nanometer or smaller geometries. These smaller geometries may provide customers with performance and integration features that may be comparable to, or exceed, features offered by our specialty process technologies, and may be more cost-effective at higher production volumes for certain applications, such as when a large amount of digital content is required in a mixed-signal semiconductor and less analog content is required. Our specialty process technologies will therefore compete with these advanced CMOS processes for customers and some of our potential and existing customers could elect to design these advanced CMOS processes into their next generation products. We are not currently capable, and do not currently plan to become capable, of providing CMOS processes at these smaller geometries.

WAFER FABRICATION SERVICES

Wafer fabrication is an intricate process that consists of constructing layers of conducting and insulating materials on raw wafers in intricate patterns that give the IC its function. IC manufacturing requires hundreds of interrelated steps performed on different types of equipment, and each step must be completed with extreme accuracy for finished ICs to work properly. The process can be summarized as follows:

Circuit Design. IC production begins when a fabless IC company or IDM designs (or engages a third party or us) the layout of a device’s components and designates the interconnections between each component. The result is a pattern of components and connections that defines the function of the IC. In highly complex circuits, there may be more than 43 layers of electronic patterns. After the IC design is complete, we provide these companies with IC manufacturing services.

- 33 -

Mask Making . The design for each layer of a semiconductor wafer is imprinted on a photographic negative, called a reticle or mask. The mask is the blueprint for each specific layer of the semiconductor wafer.

IC Manufacturing . Transistors and other circuit elements comprising an IC are formed by repeating a series of processes in which photosensitive material is deposited on the wafer and exposed to light through a mask. Advanced IC manufacturing processes consist of hundreds of steps, including photolithography, oxidation, etching and stripping of different layers and materials, ion implantation, deposition of thin film layers, chemical mechanical polishing and thermal processing. The final step in the IC manufacturing process is wafer probe, which involves electronically inspecting each individual IC in order to identify those that are operable for assembly.

Assembly and Test . After IC manufacture, the wafers are transferred to assembly and test facilities. In the assembly process, each wafer is cut into dies, or individual semiconductors, and tested. Defective dies are discarded, while good dies are packaged and assembled. Assembly protects the IC, facilitates its integration into electronic systems and enables the dissipation of heat or cold. Following assembly, the functionality, voltage, current and timing of each IC is tested. After testing, the completed IC is shipped to the customer.

PROCUREMENT AND SOURCING

Our manufacturing processes use many materials, including silicon wafers, chemicals, gases, photomasks and various metals. These raw materials generally are available from several suppliers. In many instances, we purchase raw materials from a single source to obtain preferred pricing. In those cases, we generally also seek to identify, and in some cases qualify, alternative sources of supply.

In addition, we have agreements with several key material suppliers under which they hold certain levels of inventory for our use. We are not obliged under these agreements to purchase and pay for the raw material inventory that is held by our vendors at our sites until we actually use it, unless we hold the inventory beyond specified time limits.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Our future success depends, to a large degree, on our ability to continue to successfully develop and introduce to production advanced process technologies that meet our customers’ needs. Our process development strategy relies on CMOS process platforms that we license and transfer from third parties or develop ourselves.

From time to time, at a customer’s request, we develop a specialty process module, which in accordance with the applicable agreement may be used for such customer on an exclusive basis or added to our process offering. Such developments are very common in all of our special process technologies noted above.

Our research and development activities have related primarily to our process, device and design development efforts in all specialty areas that were mentioned above, and have been sponsored and funded by us and in certain cases with some participation of the Israeli Office of the Chief Scientist (“OCS”). Accordingly, Tower is subject to restrictions set forth in Israeli law which limit the ability of a company to transfer technologies outside of Israel, if such technologies were developed with OCS funding. In addition, we may be required to obtain export licenses before exporting certain technology or products to any third party and may be required to comply with Israeli, US and other foreign export regulations as may be applicable.

- 34 -

Our research and development activities seek to upgrade and improve our manufacturing technologies and processes. We maintain a central research and development team primarily responsible for developing cost-effective technologies that can serve the manufacturing needs of our customers. A substantial portion of our research and development activities are undertaken in cooperation with our customers and equipment vendors. Due to the rapid changes in technology that characterize the semiconductor industry, effective research and development is essential to our success. We plan to continue to invest significantly in research and development activities in order to develop advanced process technologies for new applications.

Research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were $24.9 million, $31.1 million and $33.1 million, net of government participation of $2.4 million, $1.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, we employed 193 professionals in our research and development departments, 37 of whom have PhDs. In addition to our research and development departments located at our facilities in Migdal Haemek, Israel, in Newport Beach, California and in Nishiwaki, Japan, we maintain a design center in Netanya, Israel and in Hokuriku Japan under TPSC.

PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

Intellectual Property and Licensing Agreements

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patents, licenses and other intellectual property rights covering our production processes. To that end, we have obtained certain patents, acquired patent licenses and intend to continue to seek patents on our intellectual property.

As of December 31, 2013, we held 216 patents in force. We have entered into various patent and other technology license agreements with technology companies, including Synopsys, ARM, Cadence, and others, under which we have obtained rights to additional technologies and intellectual property.

We constantly seek to strengthen our technological expertise through relationships with technology companies. We seek to expand our core strengths in CMOS image sensors, embedded flash, power management, RF, SiGe, MEMS and mixed-signal technologies by continuous development in these areas. A main component of our process development strategy is to acquire licenses for standard CMOS technologies and cell libraries from leading providers, such as ARM and Kilopass, and further develop specialized processes through our internal design teams. The licensing of these technologies has significantly reduced our internal development costs.

In connection with the separation of Jazz Semiconductor’s business from Conexant in 2002, Conexant contributed to Jazz Semiconductor a substantial portion of its intellectual property, including software licenses, patents and intellectual property rights in know-how related to its business. Jazz agreed to license intellectual property rights relating to the intellectual property contributed to Jazz by Conexant back to Conexant and its affiliates. Conexant may use this license to have Conexant products produced by third-party manufacturers and to sell such products, subject to obtaining Jazz’s prior consent.

Under the newly established company with Panasonic, Panasonic will license certain technologies to TPSC in order to utilize certain Panasonic process technologies for the manufacture of products for Panasonic and third party foundry customers. TPSC may, in certain circumstances, sub-license such technology to Tower or other third parties for payment of royalties. The term of the agreement is five years ending in March 2019 after which the parties will discuss extending or renewing the agreement.

Our ability to compete depends on our ability to operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others. The semiconductor industry is generally characterized by frequent litigation over patent and other intellectual property rights. As is the case with many companies in the semiconductor industry, we have from time to time received communications from third parties asserting that their patents cover certain of our technologies or alleging infringement of intellectual property rights. We expect that we will receive similar communications in the future. Irrespective of the validity or the successful assertion of such claims, we could incur significant costs and devote significant management resources in defending these claims.

- 35 -

DESIGN SERVICES

To better serve our customers’ design needs using advanced CMOS and mixed-signal processes, we have entered into a series of agreements with leading providers of physical design libraries, mixed-signal and non volatile memory design components. These components are basic design building blocks, such as standard cells, interface input-output (I/O) cells, software compilers for the generation of on-chip embedded memories arrays, mixed-signal and non-volatile memory design blocks. To achieve optimal performance, all of these components must be customized to work with our manufacturing process. These components are used in most of our customers’ chip designs.

We interact closely with customers throughout the design development and prototyping process to assist them in the development of high performance and low power consumption semiconductor designs and to lower their final die, or individual semiconductor, costs through die size reductions and integration. We provide engineering support and services as well as manufacturing support in an effort to accelerate our customers’ design and qualification process so that our customers can achieve faster time to market. We have entered into alliances with Cadence Design Systems, Inc., Synopsys, Inc., Mentor Graphics Corp., and other suppliers of electronic design automation tools, and also licensed standard cells, I\O and memory technologies from ARM, Synopsys, Inc., and other leading providers of physical intellectual property components for the design and manufacture of ICs. Through these relationships, we provide our customers with the ability to simulate the behavior of their design in our processes using standard electronic design automation, or EDA tools.

The applications for which our specialty process technologies are targeted present challenges that require an in-depth set of simulation models. We provide these models as an integral part of our design support. At the initial design stage, our customers’ internal design teams use the proprietary design kits that we have developed to design semiconductors that can be successfully and cost-effectively manufactured using our specialty process technologies. These design kits, which collectively comprise our design library and design platform, allow our customers to quickly simulate the performance of a semiconductor design with our processes, enabling them to refine their product design to ensure alignment to our manufacturing process before actually manufacturing the semiconductor. Our engineers, who have significant experience with analog and mixed-signal semiconductor design and production, work closely with our customers’ design teams to provide design advice and help them optimize their designs for our processes and their performance requirements. After the initial design phase, we provide our customers with a multi-project wafer service to facilitate the early and rapid use of our specialty process technologies, which allows them to gain early access to actual samples of their designs. Under this multi-project wafer service, we schedule a bimonthly multi-project wafer run in which we manufacture several customers’ designs in a single mask set, providing our customers with an opportunity to reduce the cost and time required to test their designs. Our design center helps customers accelerate the design-to-silicon process and enhances first-time silicon success by providing them with the required design resources and capabilities. Our design support can assist in all or part of the design flow. Our in-depth knowledge of the fab and processes provide a substantive advantage when implementing designs that reach the boundaries of technology. In addition, our IP and engineering services can assist and relieve some of our customers' issues, providing the specific skills and expertise critical for successful implementation of our customers’ design on our manufacturing process.

We believe that our circuit design expertise and our ability to accelerate our customers’ design cycle while reducing their design costs represent one of our competitive strengths.

- 36 -

Special Security Agreement with DSS

In connection with Jazz's aerospace and defense business, its facility security clearance and trusted foundry status, Tower and Jazz have worked with the Defense Security Service of the United States Department of Defense (“DSS”) to mitigate concern of foreign ownership, control or influence over the operations of Jazz specifically relating to protection of classified information and prevention of potential unauthorized access thereto by creating Jazz Semiconductor Trusted foundry (“JSTF”) as a subsidiary of Jazz and limiting possession of all classified information solely to JSTF. Tower and Jazz have further agreed to operate JSTF under a Special Security Agreement signed with DS S.

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

The legal name of our company is Tower Semiconductor Ltd. Tower was incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel in 1993. Tower directly operates our Fab 1 and Fab 2 facilities in Israel. Tower’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Jazz Technologies, Inc. owns all of the shares of Jazz Semiconductor, Inc. (both of which are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware) which operates our Fab 3 facility. Tower’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TowerJazz Japan, Ltd. (incorporated in Japan) operates our Fab 4 facility in Japan. Tower holds a 51% equity stake in TPSC (and Panasonic Corporation holds the remaining equity of TPSC). TPSC is incorporated under the laws of Japan and operates three fabs Arai E, Uozo E and Tonami CD located in Japan. As announced in 2014, we have decided to cease operations of Fab 4 in the course of restructuring our activities and business in Japan.

PROPERTY, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT

Manufacturing Facilities

In 2013, we operated four manufacturing facilities—our Fab 1 and Fab 2 facilities in Israel, our Fab 3 Jazz facility in Newport Beach, California and our Fab 4 facility in Japan. The capacity in each of our facilities at any particular time is variable and depends on the combination of the processes being used and the product mix being manufactured. Hence, it may be significantly lower at certain times as a result of certain combinations that may require more processing steps than others. We have the ability to rapidly change the mix of production processes in use in order to respond to changing customer needs and maximize utilization of the fab. In general, our ability to increase our manufacturing capacity has been achieved through the addition of equipment, improvement in equipment utilization, the reconfiguration and expansion of the existing clean room area and the construction of an additional clean room area.

Capital expenditures in 2013, 2012 and 2011 were approximately $71 million, $103 million, and $132 million, respectively.

Fab 1

We acquired our Fab 1 facility from National Semiconductor in 1993, which had operated the facility since 1986. The facility is located in Migdal Haemek, Israel. We occupy the facility under a long-term lease from the Israel Lands Authority which expires in 2032.

Due to the sensitivity and complexity of the semiconductor manufacturing process, a semiconductor manufacturing facility requires a special “clean room” in which most of the manufacturing functions are performed. Our Fab 1 facility includes an approximately 51,900 square foot clean room.

- 37 -

Since we commenced manufacturing at Fab 1, we increased its manufacturing capacity and expanded the technologies qualified in the fab, including specialized processes. Fab 1 supports geometries ranging from 1.0 micron to 0.35-micron.

Fab 2

In 2003, we commenced production in our Fab 2, also located in Migdal Haemek, Israel. Fab 2 supports geometries ranging from 0.35 to 0.13-micron, using advanced CMOS technology, including CMOS image sensors, embedded flash, advanced analog, RF, SiGe power platforms and mixed-signal technologies. Since 2000, we have invested significantly in the purchase of fixed assets, primarily in connection with the construction of Fab 2, technology advancement and capacity expansion.

The land on which Fab 2 is located is subject to a long-term lease from the Israel Lands Authority that expires in 2049. The overall clean room area in Fab 2 is approximately 100,000 square feet.

Fab 3

Jazz’s manufacturing facilities and headquarters, which we refer to as Fab 3, are located in Newport Beach, California. Fab 3 supports geometries ranging from 0.80 to 0.13-micron. The manufacturing facility comprises 320,000 square feet, including 120,000 square feet of overall clean room area.

Fab 4

In June 2011, we acquired a fabrication facility in Nishiwaki City, Hyogo, Japan from Micron, which we refer to as Fab 4. The assets and related business that we acquired from Micron are held and conducted through a wholly owned Japanese subsidiary, TowerJazz Japan Ltd. Fab 4 supports geometries ranging down to 0.11-micron using newly qualified process technologies to support customer manufacturing. In 2014, we decided to cease the operations of Fab 4 in the course of the restructuring of our activities and business in Japan.

Uozu E, Tonami CD and Arai E

In March 2014, we closed a definitive transaction with Panasonic to create a new company to manufacture products for Panasonic and potentially other third parties, using Panasonic's three semiconductor manufacturing facilities located in Hokuriku, Japan. Pursuant to the transaction, Panasonic formed a new company called TPSC and transferred its semiconductor wafer manufacturing process and capacity tools (8 inch and 12 inch) at its three fabs located in Hokuriku (Uozu E, Tonami CD and Arai E) to TPSC. The fabs support geometrics ranging down to 45 nanometer.

ENVIRONMENTAL, SAFETY AND QUALITY MATTERS AND CERTIFICATIONS

We have placed significant emphasis on achieving and maintaining a high standard of manufacturing quality. All our facilities are ISO 9001 certified, an international quality standard that provides guidance to achieve an effective quality management system. In addition, all our facilities are TS16949 certified, a more stringent automotive quality standard.

- 38 -

For environmental, our operations are subject to a variety of laws and governmental regulations relating to the use, discharge and disposal of toxic or otherwise hazardous materials used in our production processes. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us to material costs and liabilities, including costs to clean up contamination caused by our operations. All of our facilities are ISO 14000 certified, an international standard that provides management guidance on how to achieve an effective environmental management system. Risks have been evaluated and mitigation plans are in place to prevent and control accidental spills and discharges. Procedures have also been established at all our locations to ensure all accidental spills and discharges are properly addressed. The environmental management system assists in evaluating compliance status with all applicable environmental laws and regulations as well as establishing loss prevention and control measures. In addition, our facilities are subject to strict regulations and periodic monitoring by government agencies. With these systems, we believe we are currently in compliance in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and regulations.

For safety, all of our facilities are OHSAS 18000 certified, an international occupational health and safety standard that provides guidance on how to achieve an effective health and safety management system. The health and safety standard management system assists in evaluating compliance status with all applicable health and safety laws and regulations as well as establishing preventative and control measures. We believe we are currently in compliance with all applicable health and safety laws and regulations.

Our goal in implementing OHSAS 18001, ISO 14001, ISO 9001 and TS16949 systems is to continually improve our environmental, health, safety and quality management systems.

ITEM 4A.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not Applicable.

ITEM 5.

OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

OPERATING RESULTS

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and related notes and the information contained elsewhere in this annual report. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“US GAAP”).

Critical Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition .

Our net revenues are generated principally from sales of semiconductor wafers. We also derive revenues from engineering and design support and other technical and support services. The majority of our revenue is achieved through the efforts of our direct sales force.

In accordance with ASC Topic 605 “Revenue Recognition”, we recognize revenues from sale of products when the following fundamental criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (iii) the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. These criteria are usually met at the time of product shipment. Revenues are recognized when the acceptance criteria are satisfied, based on performing electronic, functional and quality tests on the products prior to shipment. Such company testing reliably demonstrates that the products meet all of the specified acceptance criteria.

- 39 -

Revenues for engineering, design and other support services are recognized ratably over the contract term or as services are performed.

Advances received from customers towards future engineering services, and/or product purchases are deferred until services are rendered or products are shipped to the customer. Our revenue recognition policy is significant because our revenues are a key component of our results of operations. We follow very specific and detailed guidelines in measuring revenue. An accrual for estimated sales returns and allowances relating to specific yield or quality commitments as a reduction of revenues at the time of shipment, which is computed primarily on the basis of historical experience and specific identification of events necessitating an allowance, is recorded. Any changes in assumptions for determining the accrual for returns and other factors affecting revenue recognition may affect mainly the timing of our revenue recognition, which may affect our financial position and results of operations.

Depreciation and Amortization .

We are heavily capital oriented and the amount of depreciation is a significant amount of our yearly expenses. Changes to the useful lives assumption and hence the depreciation may have a material impact on our results of operations. Depreciation and amortization expenses in 2013 amounted to $165 million. Currently, we estimate that the expected economic life of our assets is as follows: (i) buildings (including facility infrastructure) –10 to 25 years; (ii) machinery and equipment, software and hardware – 3 to 7 years; and (iii) technology and other intangible assets –1 to 19 years. Costs in relation to Fab 2 technologies were amortized over the expected estimated economic life of the technologies commonly used in the industry commencing on the date on which each technology was ready for its intended use. The amounts attributed to intangible assets as part of the purchase price allocations for the acquisitions of Jazz and TJP are amortized over the expected estimated economic lives of the intangible assets commonly used in the industry. Changes in our estimates regarding the expected economic life of our assets might affect our depreciation and amortization expenses.

Impairment of Fixed Assets and Intangible Assets.

Management reviews long-lived tangible assets and intangible assets on a periodic basis, as well as when such a review is required based upon relevant circumstances to determine whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. For those assets that have definite useful lives, recoverability tests are performed based on undiscounted expected cash flows. When the asset is not recoverable, an impairment loss should be computed based on the difference between the carrying amount of the assets (or asset group) and the fair value. The fair value in most instances will be determined using present value techniques applied to expected cash flows. Changes in the assumptions used in forecasting future cash flows and the fair value of the assets may have a significant effect on determining whether an impairment charge is required and hence may affect our results of operations.

Impairment of Goodwill.

Goodwill is subject to an impairment test on an annual basis or upon the occurrence of certain events or circumstances. Goodwill impairment is assessed based on a comparison of the fair value of the unit to which the goodwill is ascribed and the underlying carrying value of its net assets, including goodwill. If the carrying amount of the unit exceeds its fair value, the implied fair value of the goodwill is compared with its carrying amount to measure the amount of impairment loss. Changes in the assumptions used in calculation of the fair value of the unit may have a significant effect on determining whether an impairment charge is required and hence may affect our results of operations.

- 40 -

Convertible Debentures.

In accordance with ASC 470-20 “Debt with Conversion and Other Options", the proceeds from the sale of debt securities with a conversion feature and other options are allocated to each of the securities issued based on their relative fair value.

We are required, according to ASC Topic 815 "Derivatives and Hedging" to determine whether the conversion option embedded in the convertible debt should be bifurcated and accounted for separately. Such determination is based on whether on a standalone basis such conversion option would be classified as equity. If the option can be classified as equity, no bifurcation is required. The analysis required under ASC Topic 815 involves the consideration of many factors and assumptions. Any changes in those factors or assumptions may have a significant effect on determining whether embedded derivatives are required to be bifurcated and hence may affect our results of operations.

Income Taxes.

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes”. This Topic prescribes the use of the liability method whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are computed based on the tax rates anticipated (under applicable law as of the balance sheet date) to be in effect when the deferred taxes are expected to be paid or realized.

We evaluate how realizable our deferred tax assets are for each jurisdiction in which we operate at each reporting date, and establish valuation allowances when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income of the same character and in the same jurisdiction. We consider all available positive and negative evidence in making this assessment, including, but not limited to, the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected future taxable income. In circumstances where there is sufficient negative evidence indicating that our deferred tax assets are not more-likely-than-not realizable, we establish a valuation allowance.

We use a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by assessing whether they are more-likely-than-not sustainable, based solely on their technical merits, upon examination and including resolution of any related appeals or litigation process. The second step is to measure the associated tax benefit of each position as the largest amount that we believe is more-likely-than-not realizable. Differences between the amount of tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in our income tax returns and the amount of tax benefits recognized in our financial statements represent our unrecognized income tax benefits, which are recorded as a liability. Our policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

Initial Adoption of New Standards

On January 31, 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, which clarifies the scope of the offsetting disclosure requirements in ASU 2011-11. Under ASU 2013-01, the disclosure requirements would apply to derivative instruments accounted for in accordance with ASC 815, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowing and securities lending arrangements that are either offset on the balance sheet or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The adoption of ASU 2013-01 had no impact on our financial position or results of operations.

- 41 -

On February 5, 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, which requires entities to disclose the following additional information about items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI):

(1)

Changes in AOCI balances by component (e.g., unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities or foreign-currency items). Both before-tax and net-of-tax presentations of the information are acceptable as long as an entity presents the income tax benefit or expense attributed to each component of OCI and reclassification adjustments in either the financial statements or the notes to the financial statements.

(2)

Significant items reclassified out of AOCI by component either on the face of the income statement or as a separate footnote to the financial statements.

The ASU does not change the current U.S. GAAP requirements, for either public or nonpublic entities, for financial statement reporting of comprehensive income. That is, a total for comprehensive income must be reported in either (1) a single continuous statement or (2) two separate but consecutive statements. However, public entities would also need to include information about (1) changes in AOCI balances by component and (2) significant items reclassified out of AOCI. ASU 2013-02 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. Adoption of this guidance had no impact on our financial position or results of operations.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11 amending requirements for the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carry forward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. ASU No. 2013-11 requires entities to present in the financial statements an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carry forward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carry forward, except to the extent such items are not available or not intended to be used at the reporting date to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position. In such instances, the unrecognized tax benefit is required to be presented in the financial statements as a liability and not be combined with deferred tax assets. ASU No. 2013-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of ASU No. 2013-11 had no impact on our financial position or results of operations.

- 42 -

Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes thereto included in this annual report. The following table sets forth certain statement of operations data as a percentage of total revenues for the years indicated.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues		100	%		100	%		100	%
Cost of revenues		94.4			87.7			86.1
Gross profit		5.6			12.3			13.9
Research and development expenses, net		6.5			4.9			4.1
Marketing, general and administrative expenses		8.5			7.0			7.9
Acquisition related and Reorganization costs		--			0.9			0.2
Amortization related to a lease agreement early termination		1.5			--			--
Operating profit (loss)		(10.9	)		(0.4	)		1.7
Interest expenses, net		(6.5	)		(5.0	)		(4.5	)
Other financing expense, net		(5.5	)		(4.3	)		(2.0	)
Gain on acquisition		--			--			3.2
Other income (expense), net		(0.2	)		(0.2	)		2.2
Income tax benefit (expense)		1.9			(1.1	)		(3.5	)
Loss for the Period		(21.2	)%		(11.0	)%		(3.0	)%

Our consolidated financial statements include TJP results from June 3, 2011, as detailed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Revenues . Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to $505.0 million, as compared to $638.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This decrease in revenues was attributed to: (i) the previously disclosed contractual decrease in the volumes of wafers manufactured in our Fab 4 in Japan under our committed volume agreement which we entered into with Micron in June 2011, resulted in periodic pre-scheduled reductions of revenue from Micron, amounted to $139.4 million lower revenue in 2013 as compared to 2012 (which trend we expect to continue due to the expiration of this contract from June 2014 and the cessation of Fab 4 operations; See Item 5.B. “our operations in Japan”); (ii) a definitive agreement we entered in November 2009 with an Asian entity for the capacity ramp-up and upgrade of the entity’s eight inch refurbished wafer fabrication facility (see note 16D(2) to our financial statements) resulted in approximately $13.4 million lower revenue in 2013 as compared to 2012; and offset by (iii) $19.0 million increase in revenue in 2013 as compared with 2012, reflecting 5.45% year over year growth in our revenues, excluding items (i) and (ii) detailed above, from $348.1 million to $367.0 million.

Cost of Revenues . Cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to $476.9 million, as compared to $560.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The $83.1 million improvement in cost of revenues was mainly due to efficiency measures and cost reduction measures we put in place, including the workforce reduction executed during the second quarter of 2012, as well as the pre-scheduled manufacturing volume reduction from Micron described above.

Gross Profit . Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $28.1 million, as compared to $78.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $50.7 million, resulting from the above described $133.8 million revenue decrease offset by the above described $83.1 million reduced cost of revenues.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to $33.1 million, as compared to $31.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Marketing, General and Administrative Expenses. Marketing, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 amounted to $42.9 million, as compared to $44.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

- 43 -

Reorganization Costs. In 2012, the Company executed a plan of reorganization to increase the efficiency of Fab 4, including a reduction in workforce at the facility, resulting in $5.8 million of reorganization costs in the year ended December 31, 2012.

Amortization related to a lease agreement early termination . Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 included $7.5 million in non-cash amortization expenses related to an early termination of an office building lease contract.

Operating Loss. Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $55.3 million, as compared to $2.5 million operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2012, resulting mainly from the above described decrease of $50.7 million in gross profit.

Interest Expenses, Net. Interest expenses, net for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $33.0 million compared to interest expenses, net of $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Other Financing Expenses, Net. Other financing expenses, net for the year ended December 31, 2013 were $27.8 million compared to other financing expenses, net of $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Financing expenses, net composition is described in details in Note 19B to the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013.

Income Tax Benefit. Income tax benefit resulting from some portions of the losses before taxes, amounted to $9.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $7.3 million income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Loss. Loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $107.7 million as compared to $70.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in the net loss was mainly due to the $52.8 million increase in operating loss offset partially by the increase in the income tax benefit as described above.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

Revenues . Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 amounted to $638.8 million compared to $611.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase in revenues was mainly due to higher average selling prices of approximately 10%, offset by (i) 3% lower volume of wafers manufactured by us and shipped to our customers; and by (ii) a reduction of $28 million in revenues relating to the agreement with the Asian entity, as detailed in Notes 2K and 16D (2) to the annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 amounted to $560.0 million, as compared to $526.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $34 million increase in cost of revenues was mainly due to the inclusion of TJP’s cost of revenue for the full year ended December 31, 2012 compared to only seven months in the corresponding period in 2011. Cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 included a one-time reduction of depreciation expenses resulting from the grants approval by the Investment Center (see Note 8B to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013).

Gross Profit . Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $78.8 million, as compared to $84.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, a decrease of $6 million, resulting from the above described $34 million increase in cost of revenues offset by the above described $28 million revenue increase. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased following weakening customer demand in the semiconductor industry which was offset by the inclusion of TJP gross profit for the full year ended December 31, 2012 compared to only seven months in the corresponding period in 2011.

Research and Development Expenses . Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 amounted to $31.1 million, as compared to $24.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in research and development expenses was mainly due to including TJP’s research and development expenses for the full year ended December 31, 2012 compared to only seven months in the corresponding period in 2011.

- 44 -

Marketing, General and Administrative Expenses . Marketing, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 amounted to $44.4 million as compared to $48.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease, despite the inclusion of TJP’s marketing, general and administrative expenses for the full year ended December 31, 2012 compared to only seven months in the corresponding period in 2011 is due to cost savings actions in 2012 and due to reduced stock based compensation expenses recorded in 2012. The compensation attributed to options granted in 2009 was amortized through the vesting period of three years with higher effect in 2011 than in 2012.

Acquisition Related and Reorganization Costs. In 2012, the Company executed a plan of reorganization to increase TJP’s efficiency, including a reduction in the number of employees, resulting in $5.8 million of reorganization costs in the year ended December 31 2012. Acquisition related costs in the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to $1.5 million.

Operating Profit (Loss). Operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $2.5 million, as compared to $10.2 million operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2011, resulting from the above described decrease of $6.0 in gross profit and the higher operating expenses, as described above.

Interest Expenses, Net . Interest expenses, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $31.8 million compared to interest expenses, net of $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was mainly due to the debentures Series F issued in 2012.

Other Financing Expenses, Net . Other financing expenses, net for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $27.6 million compared to other financing expenses, net of $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in financing expenses, net is described in details in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013.

Gain from Acquisition. In 2011, gain from the acquisition of TJP was $19.5 million gross, as detailed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements attached to this annual report.

The loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 included approximately $10 million net positive effect from TJP acquisition, comprised of (i) approximately $19.5 million gross gain from the acquisition, as the fair market value of the assets, net acquired exceeded the purchase price; and (ii) approximately $9.5 million of related tax provisions and other expenses directly associated with this acquisition.

Other Income, Net. Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2011 included approximately $14 million gross gain from the sale of the 10% holdings in HHNEC.

Income Tax Expenses . Income tax expenses resulting from the subsidiaries’ income before taxes, amounted to $7.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 results from our subsidiaries’ operating income and the approximately $13 million income tax expenses relating to the gain from the acquisition of TJP and to the gain from the sale of the holdings in HHNEC.

Loss. Loss for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $70.3 million as compared to $ 18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increased loss was mainly due to the $19.5 million gross gain from the acquisition of TJP in year ended December 31, 2011 and $ 14.1 million gross gain from the sale of our 10% holdings in HHNEC in year ended December 31, 2011, as well as an increase in 2012 of $15.1 million in the financing expense, net detailed in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements attached to this annual report and lower operating profit in 2012 of $12.7 million, all of which were partially offset by $14.0 million lower tax expenses.

Impact of Inflation and Currency Fluctuations

The US Dollar costs of our operations in Israel are influenced by changes in the rate of inflation in Israel and the extent to which such changes are not offset by the change in valuation of the NIS in relation to the US Dollar. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the exchange rate of the US Dollar in relation to the NIS decreased by 7.0% and the Israeli Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) increased by 1.8% (during the year ended December 31, 2012, there was a decrease of 2.3% in the exchange rate of the US Dollar in relation to the NIS and an increase of 1.6% in the CPI).

- 45 -

We believe that the rate of inflation in Israel has not had a material effect on our business to date. However, our US Dollar costs will increase if inflation in Israel exceeds the devaluation of the NIS against the US Dollar.

The US Dollar costs of our operations in Japan are influenced by the changes in valuation of the Japanese Yen (JPY) in relation to the US Dollar. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the exchange rate of the US Dollar in relation to the JPY increased by 21.8% (during the year ended December 31, 2012, the exchange rate of the US Dollar in relation to the JPY increased by 11.2%).

Nearly all of the cash generated from our operations and from our financing and investing activities is denominated in US Dollar, JPY and NIS. Our expenses and costs are denominated in NIS, US Dollar, JPY and Euros. We are, therefore, exposed to the risk of currency exchange rate fluctuations.

Tower and Jazz's bank loans mainly provide for interest based on a floating LIBOR rate and TJP's bank loans interest is based on the higher of TIBOR rate or LIBOR rate, therefore we are exposed to interest rate fluctuations. From time to time, we engage in various hedging strategies to reduce our exposure to some, but not all, of these risks. However, despite any such hedging activity, we are likely to remain exposed to interest rate fluctuations, which may increase the cost of our business activities, particularly our financing expenses.

Part of Tower's debentures are denominated in NIS and linked to the Israeli CPI and therefore we are exposed to fluctuation of the NIS/US Dollar exchange rate. The US Dollar amount of our financing costs (interest and currency adjustments) related to these debentures will increase if the rate of inflation in Israel is not offset by the devaluation of the NIS in relation to the US Dollar. In addition, the US Dollar amount of any repayment on account of the principal of these debentures will also increase.

The quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are in Item 11 of this annual report.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of December 31, 2013, we had an aggregate amount of $122.9 million in cash, cash equivalents and interest bearing deposits, as compared to $133.4 million of cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2012. Both figures include $10 million of designated deposits.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we generated $75 million from operating activities excluding $33 million interest payments and raised approximately $39 million, net, from the 2013 Rights Offering (for further details see also Note 17H to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013). These cash sources were offset by the investments we made in fixed assets during the year ended December 31, 2013, which aggregated to approximately $82 million, net and the repayment of debenture principal payment in the amount of $6.5 million.

The Company, as an independent semiconductor manufacturer, operates in the semiconductor industry which has historically been highly cyclical and subject to significant and often rapid increases and decreases in product demand. Traditionally, companies in the semiconductor industry have expanded aggressively during periods of decreased demand in order to have the capacity needed to meet expected demand in future upturns, including through acquiring additional manufacturing facilities. If actual demand does not increase or declines, or if companies in the industry expand too aggressively, the industry may experience a period in which industry-wide capacity exceeds demand. This could result in overcapacity and excess inventories, leading to rapid erosion of average sales prices, as well as to underutilization of manufacturing facilities that as a result are unable to cover their fixed costs and other liabilities, potentially leading to such facilities to cease their operations. The prices that we can charge our customers for our services are significantly related to the overall worldwide supply of integrated circuits and semiconductor products. The overall supply of semiconductor products is based in part on the capacity of other companies, which is outside of our control. In periods of overcapacity, despite the fact that we utilize niche technologies and manufacture specialty products, we may have to lower the prices we charge our customers for our services which may reduce our margins and weaken our financial condition and results of operations. We cannot give assurance that an increase in the demand for foundry services in the future will not lead to under-capacity, which could result in the loss of customers and materially adversely affect our revenues, earnings and margins. Analysts believe that such patterns may repeat in the future. The overcapacity, underutilization and downward price pressure characteristic of a downturn in the semiconductor market and/or in the global economy, as experienced several times in the past, may negatively impact consumer and customer demand for the Company’s products, the end products of the Company’s customers and the financial markets, which may affect our ability to raise funds and/or re-structure and/or re-finance our debt. This may harm our financial results, financial position and business, unless we are able to take appropriate or effective actions in a timely manner in order to serve our debt and other liabilities and cover our fixed costs.

- 46 -

The Company is exploring various activities and ways to promote and fund its growth plans and the ramp-up of its business, technological capabilities and manufacturing capacity and capabilities, increase its utilization rates, efficiently manage the operations of the fabs, achieve and maintain high utilization rates in all of its manufacturing facilities, and fulfill its debt obligations and other liabilities. However, there is no assurance as to the extent of such activities or when, if at all, such activities will be available to the Company. Such activities may include, among other things, mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures, debt restructuring and/or refinancing, possible financing transactions, sales of assets, intellectual property licensing, possible sale and lease-backs of real estate assets and improving cash flow from operations through operating efficiencies.

For implications on our operations if we do not generate increased levels of cash from operations and/or do not raise additional funding and if we will not be in compliance with the repayment schedule under the amended facility agreement and are unsuccessful in negotiating a revised repayment schedule, see “Risk Factors - Risks Affecting Our Business”.

Tower's Credit Facility

As of December 31, 2013, Tower's outstanding debt under its credit facility with Bank Leumi and Bank Hapoalim (together, “Tower’s Lender Banks”) was approximately $131 million.

Agreements and Amendments under the Credit Facility of Tower

For detailed information see Notes 12B and 16 to the 2013 annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013.

As of December 31, 2013, Tower had an amount of approximately $131 million of loans outstanding under its Facility Agreement signed with Tower’s Lender Banks carrying an annual interest rate of three-month USD LIBOR plus 3.50% (the “Facility Agreement”). The final maturity date of these outstanding loans is June 2016, and the repayment schedule of the loans is in the following amounts and dates: an installment of $5 million in each of March and June 2014, an installment of $10 million in each of September and December 2014, an installment of $15 million in each of March and June 2015, an installment of $20 million in each of September 2015, December 2015 and March 2016, and a final installment of approximately $11 million due June 2016.

- 47 -

We have registered liens in favor of the State of Israel and the banks on substantially all of our present and future assets including on our subsidiaries’ equity holdings and all our contracts.

According to the Facility Agreement, satisfying the financial ratios and covenants is a material provision. The amended Facility Agreement provides that if, as a result of any default, Tower’s Lender Banks were to accelerate Tower's obligations, Tower would be obligated, among other matters, to immediately repay all loans made by Tower’s Lender Banks (which as of December 31, 2013 amounted to approximately $131 million) plus penalties, and Tower’s Lender Banks would be entitled to exercise the remedies available to them under the amended Facility Agreement, including enforcement of their liens against all of Tower's assets.

Under the terms of the amended Facility Agreement, (i) there are covenants on changes of ownership which generally require that, TIC hold a minimum of approximately 3.2 million of our ordinary shares, and (ii) TIC and certain current and former shareholders nominate a majority of our board of directors (subject to exceptions including the exclusion for the purpose of this calculation of the external directors and 1 independent director under Nasdaq Marketplace rules); (iii) subject to certain exceptions, Tower is restricted from assuming liability for indebtedness or other obligations of its subsidiaries, and is restricted from providing guarantees for its subsidiaries; (iv) subject to certain exceptions Tower cannot invest in, finance, loan or transfer any amounts to, any of its subsidiaries or otherwise expend any funds in the operation of its subsidiaries; and (v) additional conditions and covenants, including restrictions on incurring new debt, new equity investments and a prohibition on the distribution of dividends.

In June 2013, TIC announced that it intends to execute a change of holding that may affect its shareholdings in its affiliated companies, including Tower. In the event such a change of holding is executed, approval will be required from Tower’s Lender Banks and certain Israeli regulatory authorities.

Investment Center Grants

In February 2011, we received an official approval certificate (“ktav ishur”) from the Israeli Investment Center, for an expansion program for investments in fixed assets in Israel, according to which we received approximately $36 million, for eligible investments made by the Company from 2006 to 2012. Final investments report was filed and pending final approval of the Israeli Investment Center.

Entitlement to the above grants is subject to various conditions stipulated by the criteria set forth in the certificate of approval issued by the Israeli Investment Center, as well as by the Israeli Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments - 1959 (“Investments Law”) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. In the event Tower fails to comply with such conditions, Tower may be required to repay all or a portion of the grants received plus interest and certain inflation adjustments. In order to secure fulfillment of the conditions related to the receipt of investment grants, floating liens were registered in favor of the State of Israel on substantially all of Tower’s assets.

For information in regards to the grants programs, see Note 8B to the 2013 annual consolidated financial statements included in this report.

Other Recent Financing Transactions

2013 Rights Offering

In June 2013, we distributed to our shareholders and certain other security holders rights to purchase ordinary shares and two series of warrants. As a result of the rights offering, we received aggregate proceeds of approximately $40 million, including approximately $19 million through the exercise of Series 8 warrants issued in this rights offering and exercised in July 2013. The remaining Series 8 warrants, which were not exercised, expired on July 2013. Those who exercised their rights also received an aggregate of approximately 5.5 million Series 9 warrants exercisable by June 2017 for the purchase of ordinary shares for a cash payment to Tower of $7.33 per share.

- 48 -

Tower Israeli Shelf

In February 2013, Tower published an Israeli shelf prospectus pursuant to which Tower may, for a period of two years, issue the securities described in the prospectus to the public in Israel by means of shelf offering reports, subject to the terms set out in the prospectus.

Tower Debentures

In 2010 and 2012, Tower raised an aggregate debt amount of approximately $231 million of long-term debentures Series F. Series F is due in two equal installments in December 2015 and December 2016, is fully linked to the US Dollar, carries an interest rate of 7.8% per annum payable semiannually and is converted into Tower’s ordinary shares until December 2016, with a conversion ratio of NIS 36.276 par value of debentures into one ordinary share. Together with the expansion of Series F in 2012, Tower also issued warrants Series 7, exercisable from March 2014 until March 2016 into approximately 1.9 million shares of Tower at an exercise price of $ 7.23 per one ordinary share.

The determination of the conversion ratio of debentures Series F occurred in September 2012, triggering the examination of whether a contingent Beneficial Conversion Feature ("BCF") existed as of past issuance dates of these debentures. In accordance with ASC 470-20 (formerly EITF 98-5 and EITF 00-27), and specifically the guidance over "Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios", the Company concluded that a BCF existed. The BCF, in accordance with such guidance, amounted to approximately $110 million which is classified as an increase in shareholders’ equity with a corresponding decrease by the same amount in the carrying values of Series F presented in long term liabilities. The $110 million decrease in Series F's liability amount was considered a debt discount to be amortized over the remaining term of said debentures using the effective interest method, resulting in interest being recognized at increasing amounts as time passes with the largest effect being recognized in 2015 and 2016.

In 2011 and 2012, Tower fully paid the outstanding amount of its convertible debentures series B, C and E and as such, debentures series B, C and E were fully redeemed.

For more information regarding Tower’s debentures, see Note 13 to the 2013 annual consolidated financial statements included in this report.

Jazz Loan Facility

In September 2008, Jazz entered into a loan and security agreement, with Wachovia Bank (currently Wells Fargo) for a three-year secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the "Loan Agreement"), which was amended in June 2010 to extend the maturity date of the revolving credit facility to September 2014, with available credit under the facility of up to $45 million. Jazz’s borrowing availability varied from time to time based on the levels of Jazz's accounts receivable, eligible equipment and other terms and conditions described in the Loan Agreement.

Loans under the facility bore interest at a rate equal to, at Jazz’s option, either the lender’s prime rate plus a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.0% or the LIBOR rate (as defined in the Loan Agreement) plus a margin ranging from 2.25% to 2.75% per annum.

- 49 -

In December 2013, Jazz entered into an agreement with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, part of Wells Fargo & Company (“Wells Fargo”), to amend the Loan Agreement for a five-year secured asset-based revolving credit line in the total amount of up to $70 million, maturing in December 2018 (the “Credit Line Agreement”). Loans under the Credit Line Agreement bear interest at a rate equal to, at lender’s option, either the lender’s prime rate plus a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.0% or the LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% per annum.

The outstanding borrowing availability varies from time to time based on the levels of Jazz’s eligible accounts receivable, eligible equipment, eligible inventories and other terms and conditions described in the Credit Line Agreement. The Credit Line Agreement is secured by the assets of Jazz and its subsidiaries. The Credit Line Agreement contains customary covenants and other terms, including customary events of default. If any event of default occurs, Wells Fargo may declare due immediately all borrowings under the facility and foreclose on the collateral. Furthermore, an event of default under the Credit Line Agreement would result in an increase in the interest rate on any amounts outstanding.

Borrowing availability under the Credit Line Agreement as of December 31, 2013, was approximately $52 million. As of December 31, 2013, Jazz was in compliance with all the covenants under this facility. Jazz’s debt and obligations, including its obligations pursuant to the Credit Line Agreement, are not guaranteed by Tower.

Jazz Notes Transactions

Jazz 2010 Notes and Tower Series J Warrants

In July 2010, Jazz, together with its domestic subsidiaries and Tower, entered into an exchange agreement (the “2010 Exchange Agreement”) with certain holders (the “2010 Participating Holders”) holding approximately $80 million principal amount of Jazz’s then-outstanding 8% senior convertible notes due 2011 (the “2008 Notes”). Under the 2010 Exchange Agreement, the 2010 Participating Holders exchanged their 2008 Notes for approximately $94 million in aggregate principal amount of newly-issued 8% senior notes of Jazz due June 2015 (the “2010 Notes”) and approximately 25.3 million warrants to purchase approximately 1.7 million ordinary shares of Tower (the “Series J Warrants”). The Series J Warrants are exercisable until July 15, 2015 at an exercise price of $25.50 per share.

As a result of the consummation of the transactions related to the 2014 Exchange Agreement (as defined and discussed below under “Jazz 2014 Notes”), as of March 31, 2014, approximately $49 million principal amount of 2010 Notes was outstanding. The 2010 Notes will mature on June 30, 2015, at which time principal and any accrued and unpaid interest will become due and payable.

The 2010 Notes are unsecured senior obligations of Jazz, rank equally with all other existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness of Jazz, including the 2014 Notes (as defined below under “Jazz 2014 Notes”), and are effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured indebtedness of Jazz, including Jazz’s up to $70 million secured Credit Line Agreement with Wells Fargo, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness. The 2010 Notes rank senior to all existing and future subordinated debt. The 2010 Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by Jazz’s domestic subsidiaries. The 2010 Notes are not guaranteed by Tower.

Since July 1, 2013, Jazz has had the right to redeem some or all of the 2010 Notes for cash at a redemption price equal to par plus accrued and unpaid interest plus a redemption premium equal to 4% if redemption occurs prior to July 1, 2014 and 2% if redemption occurs between July 1, 2014 and prior to maturity.

- 50 -

Holders of the 2010 Notes are entitled, subject to certain conditions and restrictions, to require Jazz to repurchase the 2010 Notes at par plus accrued interest and a 1% redemption premium in the event of certain change of control transactions as set forth in the Indenture.

The Indenture governing the 2010 Notes contains certain covenants including covenants restricting Jazz’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional debt, incur additional liens, make specified payments and make certain asset sales.

If there is an event of default on the 2010 Notes, all of the 2010 Notes may become immediately due and payable, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

Jazz 2014 Notes

In March 2014, Jazz, together with certain of its domestic subsidiaries and Tower entered into an exchange agreement (the “2014 Exchange Agreement”) with certain holders (the “2014 Participating Holders”) pursuant to which Jazz Technologies, Inc. issued new un-secured bonds due December 2018 (the “2014 Notes”) in exchange for approximately $45 million in aggregate principal amount out of the approximately $94 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of 8% 2010 Notes.

In addition, Jazz, Tower and certain of the 2014 Participating Holders (the “Purchasers”) entered into a purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which the Purchasers agreed to purchase $10 million aggregate principal amount of 2014 Notes.

The 2014 Notes may be converted into ordinary shares of Tower at a conversion price of $10.07 per share, reflecting a 20 percent premium over the average closing price for Tower’s ordinary shares for the five trading days ending on the day prior to the signing date of the 2014 Exchange Agreement and Purchase Agreement.

The 2014 Notes are unsecured senior obligations of Jazz, rank equally with all other existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness of Jazz, including the 2010 Notes, and are effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured indebtedness of Jazz, including Jazz’s up to $70 million secured Credit Line Agreement with Wells Fargo, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness. The 2014 Notes rank senior to all existing and future subordinated debt. The 2014 Notes are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by Jazz’s domestic subsidiaries. The 2014 Notes are not guaranteed by Tower.

Holders of the 2014 Notes are entitled, subject to certain conditions and restrictions, to require Jazz to repurchase the 2014 Notes at par plus accrued interest and a 1% redemption premium in the event of certain change of control transactions as set forth in the Indenture.

The Indenture governing the 2014 Notes contains certain customary covenants including covenants restricting Jazz’s ability and the ability of its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional debt, incur additional liens, make specified payments and make certain asset sales.

If there is an event of default on the 2014 Notes, all of the 2014 Notes may become immediately due and payable, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

- 51 -

GE Credit Line with TJP

In May 2012, TJP signed a definitive credit line agreement with GE Capital to provide a three-year secured asset-based revolving credit line of up to 4 billion Japanese Yen (approximately $40 million). The borrowing availability under the credit line varies from time to time based on the levels of TJP’s eligible accounts receivable, eligible equipment, real estate and other terms and conditions stipulated in the credit line agreement and was capped at $30 million until June 2013 and 4 billion Japanese Yen thereafter. Loans to be obtained under this credit line will carry an interest of the higher of TIBOR rate or LIBOR rate plus 2.6% per annum. The TJP credit line agreement contains customary covenants and other terms, as well as customary events of default. The facility is secured by a first priority security interest over the assets of TJP.

As of December 31, 2013, the total availability amounted to approximately $25 million of which approximately $11 million was outstanding. In connection with the GE credit line agreement, Micron’s security interest over the assets of TJP was changed to a second priority security interest, subordinated to GE Capital’s first priority security interest. During 2013, the inter-creditor agreement between Tower, TJP, Micron Technology Inc. and Micron Japan Ltd., governing the subordination and priority of claims over TJP’s assets expired. Consequently, the second liens held by Micron have been removed. In 2014, TJP repaid in full the outstanding amount of the credit line and no further draw-downs are expected under this credit line agreement due to our plan to cease operations of Fab 4 in the course of the restructuring of our activities and business in Japan.

Our Operations in Japan

For details regarding the acquisition of TJP, see Note 3 to the annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included in this report.

As part of the TJP acquisition, TJP entered into a supply agreement with Micron. In accordance with this agreement, TJP manufactured products for Micron at the Nishiwaki facility for three years from the acquisition date with process technologies licensed from Micron under a technology licensing agreement signed between the companies. Under the supply agreement, Micron was committed to purchase certain minimum volumes, with periodic reductions through expiration of the agreement in June 2014. The companies also agreed to provide each other with transition services required for the duration of the transition period of approximately two to three years. Micron has utilized a major percentage of the Nishiwaki Fab under this contract, which has covered the fixed costs and certain other additional costs through the term of the agreement. However, Micron is not committed to utilize the Fab beyond the second quarter of 2014. While we have succeeded in attracting some new customers, and have had discussions with some potential partners, the process of qualifying new products, processes and customers in the semiconductor foundry business is lengthy, complicated and has lasted longer than originally expected. While we have been engaged in discussions with Micron regarding a possible continued supply relationship, no agreement or understanding has been reached with Micron or with other potential partners. As a result, we have decided to cease the operations of Fab 4 in the course of the restructuring of our activities and business in Japan.

For details regarding the purchase of 51% of the shares of TPSC, the newly established company in Japan, and for our operation activities in Japan see Item 5.D. Trend Information.

C. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES

Our research and development activities are related primarily to our manufacturing process by way of improvements, upgrades and development for our use in manufacturing of our customers products and have been sponsored and funded by us with some participation by the Israeli government. Our research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $33.1 million, $31.1 million and $24.9 million net of government participation of $0.4 million, $1.8 million and $2.4 million respectively. Tower also incurred costs in connection with the transfer of technology for use in Fab 2, some of which has been amortized over the estimated economic life of the technology following the commencement of production in Fab 2 during the third quarter of 2003 (see also in this Item “Critical Accounting Policies – Depreciation and Amortization”).

- 52 -

For a description of our research & development policies and our patents and licenses, see “Item 4. Information on the Company-4.B. Business Overview”.

D. TREND INFORMATION

The semiconductor industry has historically been highly cyclical on a seasonal and long-term basis. The worldwide economic downturn that commenced in 2008 and its effect on the semiconductor industry resulted in global decreased demand, downward price pressure, excess inventory and unutilized capacity worldwide. From the second half of 2009 through the end of 2011, the semiconductor industry had experienced accelerated growth rates and recovered to high utilization rates in similar levels to the period before the above described 2008 downturn. Since 2012, worldwide markets have experienced challenging times with certain improved conditions, and analysts are currently cautious as to the forecasted industry demand, trend and conditions.

On a long-term basis, the market fluctuates, cycling through periods of weak demand, production excess capacity, excess inventory and lower sales prices and periods of strong demand, full capacity utilization, product shortages and higher sales prices.

There is a trend within the semiconductor industry toward ever-smaller features and ever-growing wafer sizes. State-of-the-art fabs are currently supporting process geometries of 35-nanometer and below and wafer sizes of 300-mm. As demand for smaller geometries increases, there i s downward pressure on the pricing of larger geometry products and increasing underutilization of fabs that are limited to manufacturing larger geometry products, which results in less profitability for manufacturers of larger geometry products. However, our strategy to focus on specialty technologies within the nodes we have enables us to achieve higher product selling prices as compared to the manufacture of plain vanilla platform products such as other manufacturers in the industry. The Company currently offers process geometries of 0.35, 0.50, 0.55, 0.60, 0.80-micron and above on 150-mm wafers and 0.35, 0.18. 0.16, 0.13 and 0.11-micron on 200-mm wafers and 65 nanometer and 45 nanometer on 300-mm wafers .

In 2010 and 2011, we accelerated our plans for additional capacity expansion to meet customer demand and significantly increased our capacity in Fab 1 and Fab 2 over the years through 2010, acquired Fab 3 in 2008 and acquired Fab 4 in 2011 to add more capacity in a different geographic region.

In addition, in December 2013 we signed a formation agreement and in March 2014 we closed a definitive transaction with Panasonic to create a new company to manufacture products for Panasonic and potentially other third parties, using three of Panasonic's semiconductor manufacturing facilities located in Hokuriku, Japan. Pursuant to the transaction, Panasonic formed a new company called TowerJazz Panasonic Semiconductor Co., Ltd., (“TPSC”), transferred its semiconductor wafer manufacturing process and capacity tools (8 inch and 12 inch) at three of its fabs located in Hokuriku (Uozu E, Tonami CD and Arai E) to TPSC, and entered into a five-year manufacturing agreement for the manufacture of products for Panasonic by TPSC. As part of the transaction, we purchased 51% of the shares of TPSC from Panasonic (with Panasonic holding the remaining shares), and as consideration for these shares, upon closing the transaction, we issued to Panasonic 870,454 of our ordinary shares valued at approximately $7.5 million.

- 53 -

In connection with the transaction, TPSC will lease the manufacturing buildings and related facilities infrastructure and will receive transition services from Panasonic and will also receive services from Tower including marketing, sales, general and administration services, and will license certain technologies from Panasonic in order to utilize certain Panasonic process technologies for the manufacturing of products, which may also be sublicensed to Tower. Initially, TPSC will manufacture products for Panasonic and it is intended that additional customers will be introduced to TPSC for products manufacturing. In order to provide TPSC with interim financing until it is able to negotiate and enter into definitive contracts with Japanese banks, Panasonic provided TPSC with two unsecured loan facilities. The first loan was issued for a principal amount of 5.8 billion Yen (approximately $57 million dollars) at an interest rate of 1.0% per annum, and the second was issued for a principal amount of 3.0 billion Yen (approximately $29 million dollars) at an interest rate of 4.0% per annum. The first loan matures on March 2016 with interest payable annually on March 2015 and on March 2016. The second loan matures on March 2019 with interest payable annually, commencing March 2015. TPSC may early redeem the loans with the accrued interest at any time, and intends to do so once it obtains loans from a Japanese bank at least in said amounts. To this extent, TPSC has received commitment letter offers from a few Japanese banks.

Tower and Panasonic also entered into a shareholders’ agreement which governs the management of TPSC, including the rights and obligations of Tower and Panasonic as shareholders of TPSC. Tower and Panasonic also intend to enter into a registration rights agreement in connection with the Tower shares issued to Panasonic.

In 2014, we decided to cease the operations of Fab 4 in the course of restructuring our activities and business in Japan. In connection with the restructuring, we expect a termination of certain agreements and a comprehensive reduction in the work force. To this extent, we have engaged a recruitment company to provide career services to employees that will be laid off. We are making a concerted effort to move certain current customers and products from Fab 4 to our other fabrication facilities. This restructuring of activities also involves the sale of Fab 4’s assets in order to fund its liabilities, primarily consisting of employee retirement allowance.

E. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We are not a party to any material off-balance sheet arrangements except for the purchase commitments, standby letters of credit and guarantees detailed in section F below.

- 54 -

F. TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2013:

	Payment Due
	Total		Less than 1 year		2 Years		3 Years		4 Years		5 Years		After 5 years
	(in thousands of dollars)
Contractual Obligations
Short term liabilities primarily vendors and accounts payable (1)		96,359		96,359		--		--		--		--		--
Loans from banks (2)		172,775		35,995		84,509		32,025		573		19,673		--
Debentures (3)		404,776		33,956		238,850		131,970		--		--		--
Operating leases		8,881		2,803		2,448		2,157		693		372		408
Construction & equipment purchase agreements (4)		4,712		4,712		--		--		--		--		--
Other long-term liabilities		61,222		--		2,542		2,755		2,420		2,456		51,049
Purchase obligations		24,725		9,967		7,729		5,669		1,360		--		--
Total contractual obligations		773,450		183,792		336,078		174,576		5,046		22,501		51,457

(1)	Short-term liabilities include primarily our trade accounts payable for equipment and services as well as payroll related commitments.

(2)	Loans from banks include principal and interest payments in accordance with the terms of agreements with the banks.

(3)	Debentures include total amount of principal and interest payments for the presented periods.

As of December 31, 2013 approximately 68% of such debentures are convertible with a conversion ratio of; NIS 36.276 par value of debentures into one ordinary share.

(4)	Construction & equipment purchase agreements include amounts related to ordered equipment that has not yet been received.

In addition to these contractual obligations, we have committed approximately $2 million in standby letters of credit and guarantees to secure our Fab 2 and Jazz equipment obligations.

The above table does not include other contractual obligations or commitments we have, such as undertakings pursuant to royalty agreements, commissions and service agreements. We are unable to reasonably estimate the total amounts or the time table for such payments to be paid under the terms of these agreements, as the royalties, commissions and required services are a function of future revenues, the volume of business and hourly-based fees. In addition, the above table does not include our liability with respect to our customers, which as of December 31, 2013, amounted to approximately $7.5 million that may be utilized by them against future purchases of products. We are unable to reasonably estimate the total amounts that may be utilized by our customers since we cannot reasonably estimate their future orders in the periods set forth in the above chart. The table above reflects our commitments and contingencies which are known to us as of December 31, 2013. Any new developments in our business plans, our modification of engagements with supply and service providers as well as changes in our commitments and contingencies following the date hereof are not included in this table and actual payments may vary significantly from those presented above.

- 55 -

ITEM 6.

DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Set forth below is information regarding our senior management and directors as of March 31, 2014.

Senior Management	Age	Title
Tower
Russell C. Ellwanger	58	Chief Executive Officer of Tower, and Chairman of the Board of Directors of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Tower Semiconductor USA, Inc., Jazz Technologies, Inc. and Jazz Semiconductor, Inc.
Oren Shirazi	43	Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President of Finance
Dr. Itzhak Edrei	54	President
Ephie Koltin	52	Chief Operating Officer
Dalit Dahan	45	Senior Vice President of Human Resources and IT
Nati Somekh	38	Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary
Yossi Netzer	49	Senior Vice President of Corporate Planning
TJP
Rafi Mor	50	Chief Executive Officer of TowerJazz Japan
Directors	Age	Title
Amir Elstein	58	Chairman of the Board
Sagi Kabla	37	Director
Yoav Doppelt	45	Director
Kalman Kaufman	68	Independent Director
Alex Kornhauser	67	Independent and External Director
Dana Gross	46	Independent Director
Ilan Flato	57	Independent and External Director
Rami Guzman	74	Independent Director

Russell C. Ellwanger has served as our Chief Executive Officer since May 2005. Mr. Ellwanger also serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Tower Semiconductor USA, Inc., Jazz Technologies, Inc. and Jazz Semiconductor, Inc. and a board member of TowerJazz Japan, Ltd.. He also served as a director of the Company between May 2005 and April 2013. From 1998 to 2005, Mr. Ellwanger served in various executive positions for Applied Materials Corporation, including Group Vice President, General Manager of the Applied Global Services (AGS), from 2004 to 2005, Group Vice President, General Manager of the CMP and Electroplating Business Group, from 2002 to 2004. Mr. Ellwanger also served as Corporate Vice President, General Manager of the Metrology and Inspection Business Group, from 2000 to 2002, during which he was based in Israel. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Ellwanger served as Vice President of Applied Materials’ 300-mm Program Office, USA. Mr. Ellwanger served as General Manager of Applied Materials’ Metal CVD Division from 1997 to 1998 and from 1996 to 1997, Mr. Ellwanger served as Managing Director of CVD Business Development, during which he was based in Singapore. In addition, Mr. Ellwanger held various managerial positions in Novellus System from 1992 to 1996 and in Philips Semiconductors from 1980 to 1992.

- 56 -

Oren Shirazi has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Senior VP Finance since November 2004. Mr. Shirazi joined us in October 1998 and served as our controller since July 2000, after serving as vice controller since October 1998. Prior to joining us, Mr. Shirazi was employed as an audit manager in the accounting firm of Ratzkovski-Fried & Co., which merged into Ernst & Young (Israel). Mr. Shirazi is a Certified Public Accountant in Israel (CPA). He has an MBA from the Graduate School of Business of Haifa University with honors and a B.A. in economics and accounting from the Haifa University.

Dr. Itzhak Edrei has served as our President since November 2011 after serving as Executive Vice President of Business Groups since September 2008 and as Senior Vice President of Product Lines and Sales since August 2005. From August 2001 to August 2005 Dr. Edrei served as Vice President of Research and Development, having served as Director of Research and Development since 1996. From 1994 to 1996, Dr. Edrei served as our Device and Yield Department Manager. Prior to joining Tower, Dr. Edrei was employed by National Semiconductor as Device Section Head. Dr. Edrei earned his Ph.D. in physics from Bar Ilan University and his post-doctorate from Rutgers University.

Ephie Koltin was appointed as Chief Operation Officer after serving as Executive Vice President of Worldwide Operations since June 2009 and as Vice President of Business Development since January 2009. Previously, Mr. Koltin served as Vice President Fab 1 since April 2007, and has served as Test and Facility Manager since January 2008, after serving as Vice President of Business Development since August 2005, as Vice President, General Foundry and Mixed Signal Technology since 2003 and as Senior Director, FAB 2 Process Engineering since 2000. From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Koltin served in several senior positions as Director, NVM Technology, CIS technology and ERS manager, Fab 1. Prior to joining Tower, Mr. Koltin was employed at National Semiconductor and the Technion – Israel Institute of Technology. Mr. Koltin holds a B.Sc. in mechanical engineering and M.Sc. in materials engineering from the Technion – Israel Institute of Technology.

Dalit Dahan serves as Senior Vice President of Human Resources and IT after being appointed IT Manager in January 2008, after serving as Vice President of Human Resources since April 2004. Ms. Dahan joined us in November 1993 and served as Personnel Manager since April 2000, after having served as Compensation & Benefits Manager and in various other positions in the Human Resources Department. Prior to joining us, Ms. Dahan served as Manager of the North Branch of O.R.S - Manpower Company for 3 years. Ms. Dahan holds a B.A. in social science from Haifa University and an MBA from the University of Derby.

Nati Somekh serves as Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary, after serving as Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary since September 2008, after serving as Corporate Secretary and General Counsel since March 2005, and as Associate General Counsel since May 2004. From 2001 to 2004, Ms. Somekh was employed by Goldsobel & Kirshen, Adv. Ms. Somekh holds an LL.M. and J.D. from Boston University and a B.A. from Johns Hopkins University. She is a member of the Israeli Bar Association and is admitted as an attorney in the State of New York.

Yossi Netzer was appointed Senior Vice President of Corporate Planning in July 2012 after serving as VP of Corporate Planning since November 2008, as General Manager of Mixed Signal, RF & Power Management Product Line since 2005 and as Director, FAB 2 Yield & Device Engineering Manager since 2000. From 1995 to 2000, Mr. Netzer served in various engineering management positions within the R&D division dealing with CMOS, Mixed Signal, RF, and NVM Technologies. Prior to joining Tower, Mr. Netzer was employed at National Semiconductor and the Technion – Israel Institute of Technology. Mr. Netzer holds a B.Sc. degree in electrical engineering from the Technion – Israel Institute of Technology.

- 57 -

Rafi Mor was appointed Chief Executive Officer of TowerJazz Japan in October 2011, after serving as Senior Vice President and General Manager of Jazz Semiconductor (Tower’s wholly-owned subsidiary) Newport Beach, California site since September 2008. In October 2010, Rafi was nominated to be the manager of our Newport Beach Fab, in addition to his GM role. Previously, Mr. Mor served in Tower Semiconductor Ltd. as Vice President of Business Development since April 2007, after serving as Vice President and Fab 2 Manager since August 2005, and as Fab 1 Manager since March 2003. From November 2000 to March 2003, Mr. Mor served as Senior Director of Process Device & Yield of Fab 1. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Mor served as Director of Equipment Reliability & Support of Fab 1. Previously, Mr. Mor was employed by National Semiconductor in various engineering and management capacities. Mr. Mor holds an MA and B.A. in chemical engineering from Ben Gurion University.

Amir Elstein was appointed as Chairman of the Board in January 2009. Mr. Elstein served as a member of the Stock Option and Compensation Committee from June 2009 until February 2013. Mr. Elstein serves as Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors of Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. He previously served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Israel Corp. Mr. Elstein serves as Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Jerusalem College of Engineering. He also serves as chairman/member of the board of several academic, scientific and educational, social and cultural institutions. Mr. Elstein was a member of Teva Pharmaceutical Industries senior management team from 2005 to 2008, where he ultimately held the position of the Executive Vice President at the Office of the CEO, overseeing Global Pharmaceutical Resources. Prior thereto, he was an executive at Intel Corporation, where he worked for 23 years, eventually serving as General Manager of Intel Electronics Ltd., an Israeli subsidiary of Intel. Mr. Elstein received his B.Sc. in physics and mathematics from the Hebrew University in 1980 and his M.Sc. in the Solid State Physics Department of Applied Physics from the Hebrew University in 1982. In 1992, Mr. Elstein received his diploma of Senior Business Management from the Hebrew University.

Sagi Kabla has served as a director since December 2013. Mr. Kabla is serving as Director of Business Development and Strategy of Israel Corp since March 2011. He previously held several advisory and corporate finance executive positions in Israeli based branches of international firms. Mr. Kabla led various advisory and corporate finance activities in the technology, energy and natural resources industries. Mr. Kabla holds MBA (Finance) from COMAS, B.A. degree in Economics and Accounting from Bar-Ilan University and is a qualified as CPA (Isr.).

Yoav Doppelt has served as a director since October 2011. Mr. Doppelt is the Chief Executive Officer of Ofer Investments Group. He joined the Ofer Group in 1996 and has been with Ofer Hi-Tech from its inception in 1997, defining the vision and operational methodology of its private equity and high-tech investments. Mr. Doppelt currently serves as a member of the boards of directors of a number of companies, including Israel Corporation Ltd., Lumenis Ltd, Enzymotec Ltd., MGVS Ltd., Yozma III Management and Investments Ltd. and RayV Inc. and is actively involved in numerous investments within the Israeli private equity and high-tech arenas. Mr. Doppelt has extensive business experience in growth companies and has successfully led several private equity exit transactions. Mr. Doppelt has held various finance and managerial positions in the Ofer Group since joining the group. He holds a bachelor’s degree in economics and management from the Faculty of Industrial Management at the Technion – Israel Institute of Technology and an MBA degree from Haifa University.

Kalman Kaufman has served as a director and as a member of our Stock Option and Compensation Committee from May 2008 until February 2013 and as chairman from February 2011 until February 2013. Mr. Kaufman has served as a member of our Audit Committee from August 2005. Mr. Kaufman also served as Corporate Vice President at Applied Materials from 1994 to 2005. Between 1985 and 1994, Mr. Kaufman served as President of KLA Instruments Israel, a company he founded, and General Manager of Kulicke and Soffa Israel. Mr. Kaufman is currently the Chairman of the board of directors of Medasense and Invisia, and serves as a director in Jordan Valley Semiconductors, Optimal Test and is a member of the management board of the Kinneret College. He holds engineering degrees from the Technion - Israel Institute of Technology.

- 58 -

Alex Kornhauser has served as an independent and external director, as a member of the Audit Committee since August 2008 and as chairman of the Audit Committee since January 2011. Mr. Kornhauser has served as a member of the Compensation Committee since June 2009. Mr. Kornhauser served as Senior VP, General Manager of Global Operations at Numonyx Corporation from March 2008 to August 2010. From January 1978 to March 2008, Mr. Kornhauser held many positions at Intel Corporation from design engineer, project manager, department manager, engineering manager and general manager of certain groups, segments and plants. More specifically, from August 2000 to May 2007 he served as Intel Israel Site GM, from January 2006 until March 2008 he served as VP of the Flash Memory Group, from December 2004 to December 2005 Mr. Kornhauser served as VP of TMG NVM Strategic Segment, from January 2001 to November 2004 he served as VP of TMG F18 Plant Manager and from January 1996 to December 2000 he served as F18 General Manager. Mr. Kornhauser holds a B.S. in electronics from Bucharest Polytechnic Institute in Romania.

Dana Gross has served as an independent director since November 2008, as a member of the Compensation Committee since February 2013 and has served as a director on the board of Jazz Semiconductor, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary, since March 2009. Mrs. Gross was the CEO of Btendo, a start-up company that developed MEMS based PICO projection solutions, until it was acquired by ST Microelectronic in 2012. In 2008, Mrs. Gross joined Carmel Ventures, a leading Israeli Venture Capital firm as a Venture Partner. From 2006 to 2008, Mrs. Gross was a Senior VP, Israel Country Manager at SanDisk Corporation. From 1992 to 2006, Mrs. Gross held various senior positions at M-Systems, including Chief Marketing Officer, VP World Wide Sales, President of M-Systems Inc. (US Subsidiary) and CFO, VP Finance and Administration. In addition, Mrs. Gross served as a director of M-Systems Ltd., Audiocodes Ltd. and Power Dsine Ltd. Mrs. Gross holds a B.Sc. in industrial engineering from Tel-Aviv University and an M.A. in business administration from San Jose State University.

Ilan Flato has served as an independent and external director and as a member of the Audit Committee since April 2009. He was also appointed to the Compensation Committee in February 2013 and serves as its chairman. Mr. Flato has served as a Senior Non-Executive Director of Emblaze Ltd. since April 2006. Mr. Flato also serves as an external director and chairman of the Investment Committee in "Gal" and "Hagomel" mutual fund. Since January 2012, Mr. Flato serves as President of the Association of Publicly Traded Companies. Until 2004, Mr. Flato served as the VP for planning, economics and online banking in United Mizrahi Bank and as the Chief Economist of the bank. From 1992 and 1996, Mr. Flato served as the Economic Advisor to the Prime Minister of Israel. Prior to this position, Mr. Flato has served in the Treasury Office as the deputy director of the budget department. In addition, Mr. Flato served as a member of the board of directors of many government owned companies. Mr. Flato holds a B.A. in economics from Tel-Aviv University and an LL.M from Bar-Ilan University.

Rami Guzman has served as a director since February 2009 and has served as a member of our Audit Committee since August 2011. Mr. Guzman is a director in several companies and serves as consultant to technology based companies. Mr. Guzman held various senior positions at Motorola Inc. and Motorola Israel Ltd. since 1985, including VP of Motorola Inc. and Director of Motorola Israel Ltd. In addition, until July 2004, Mr. Guzman was the CFO of Motorola Israel Ltd. Prior to joining Motorola, Mr. Guzman worked for the Ministry of Finance first as senior assistant and deputy to the Director of the Budget and then as Government-wide MIS and IT Commissioner. Mr. Guzman holds a B.A. in economics (1963) and an M.A. in business and public administration (1969) from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem. He was a Research Fellow at Stanford University and Stanford Research Institute, California, USA, and completed Ph.D. studies at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

- 59 -

B. COMPENSATION

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we paid to or accrued for all our directors and senior management, as a group, an aggregate of 5.3 million, in salaries, fees and bonuses. The total amount set aside or accrued in the year ended December 31, 2013 to provide for severance, retirement and similar benefits for such persons was approximately $1.0 million.

Share Option Plans

General

The Company has granted to directors and senior management options to purchase ordinary shares under several option plans adopted by the Company through 2008 (the "Old Plans"). The particular provisions of each plan and grant vary as to vesting period, exercise price, exercise period and other terms. Generally, the options are granted at an exercise price which equals the closing market price of the ordinary shares immediately prior to the date of grant, vest over four year period according to various vesting schedules, and are not exercisable beyond ten years from the grant date. As of December 31, 2013, outstanding options were 179 thousand under the Old Plans to our directors and senior management. No further options may be granted under Old Plans.

Tower’s 2009 Share Incentive Plans (the "2009 Plans")

In 2009 the Company adopted two new share incentive plans (“2009 Plans”). One Plan for the chairman of the board and another plan for senior management employees and its subsidiaries employees. The options granted under the 2009 Plans included exercise price which equals the closing market price of the ordinary shares immediately prior to the date of grant, vest over up to a three, and are not exercisable beyond seven years from the grant date. As of December 31, 2013, outstanding options for our directors and senior management were approximately 1.6 million, of which approximately 830 thousands were outstanding for our CEO and approximately 767 thousands were outstanding for our Chairman. No further grants may be made under these plans.

Tower’s 2013 Share Incentive Plan (the "2013 Plan")

As set forth in the Company’s approved Compensation Policy, in 2013, the Company adopted a new share incentive plan to directors, officers, employees and its subsidiaries’ employees (the "2013 Plan"). Options to be granted under this plan will bear an exercise price which equals an average of the closing price in the thirty trading days immediately prior to the date of grant, vest over up to a three year period and are not exercisable beyond seven years from the grant date. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 2.95 million options were outstanding under the 2013 Plan to our directors and senior management of which approximately 0.8 million were outstanding to our CEO. Further grants may be approved in accordance with a decision of the Board of Directors of the Company.

In January 2014, our shareholders approved the grant of 620,431 options to our chairman of the board of directors under the 2013 Plan, in accordance with the Company’s approved Compensation Policy. This grant was approved by our shareholders in January 2014, following approval by the Compensation Committee and Board in 2013. The options have a three year vesting schedule, vesting 50% on the date of the second anniversary from the date of grant and 50% on the date of the third anniversary from the date of grant and are not exercisable beyond seven years from the grant date.

- 60 -

For further information concerning our employee stock option plans and outstanding employee stock options, Note 17B to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 included in this report

CEO Compensation

In August 2011, our shareholders approved (i) an increase in our CEO’s annual base salary from $550,000 to $600,000 per annum; and (ii) revised his 2011 annual performance bonus matrix under which such bonus will not exceed 225% of his new annual base salary. In March 2013 and April 2013, the Compensation Committee and board of directors approved an annual performance-based bonus for the year 2012 to the CEO, and pursuant to the recently enacted Amendment 20 to the Israeli Companies Law, the grant of said bonus, despite the failure to obtain shareholders' approval at the Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders held on May 23, 2013, was subsequently approved by the compensation committee and the board of directors as permitted by law, following the approval by the shareholders of the Compensation Policy in September 2013, as set forth in Tower’s FORM 6-K filed with respect thereto on November 8, 2013.

In September 2013, our shareholders approved (i) a three year compensation policy for our directors and officers (please see full description set forth in Item C. Board Practices below); (ii) certain amendments to the employment agreement of our CEO including an adjustment to our CEO’s annual base salary to $680,000 from $600,000 in effect as of January 1, 2013; (iii) a performance-based bonus matrix for 2013 and going forward to our CEO that shall not exceed 225% of our CEO’s annual base salary, as further set forth in Tower’s proxy statement to its shareholders filed on July 30, 2013.

C. BOARD PRACTICES

Our Articles of Association provide that the Board of Directors shall consist of at least five and no more than 11 members. All directors, except for external directors, hold office until their successors are elected at the next annual general meeting of shareholders.

Our Articles of Association provide that any director may, by written notice to us and subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, appoint another person to serve as an alternate director, and may cancel such appointment. Any person who is not already a director may act as an alternate, and the same person may not act as the alternate for more than one director at a time. The term of appointment of an alternate director may be for one meeting of the Board of Directors or for a specified period or until notice is given of the cancellation of the appointment.

Board members are not entitled to benefits in the event of termination of service.

The Israeli Companies Law – 1999 (the “Companies Law”) requires Israeli companies with shares that have been offered to the public in or outside of Israel to appoint no less than two external directors. No person may be appointed as an external director if the person or the person’s relative, partner, employer or any entity under the person’s control, has or had, on or within the two years preceding the date of the person’s appointment to serve as external director, any affiliation with the company or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the company. The term “affiliation” includes:

an employment relationship;

a business or professional relationship maintained on a regular basis;

- 61 -

control; and

service as an office holder.

relatives of the controlling shareholder may not be appointed as external directors of a company.

if the company does not have a controlling shareholder or a shareholder who holds company shares entitling him to vote at least 25% of the votes in a shareholders meeting, no person may be appointed as an external director if the person or the person’s relative, partner, employer or any entity under the person’s control, has or had, on or within the two years preceding the date of the person’s appointment to serve as external director, any affiliation on the date of the person's appointment with the chairman of the Board, chief executive officer, substantial shareholder (who holds at least 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of the company or voting rights which entitle him to vote at least 5% of the votes in a shareholders meeting) or chief financial officer.

No person may serve as an external director if the person, the person’s relative, spouse, employer or any entity controlling or controlled by the person, has a business or professional relationship with someone with whom affiliation is prohibited, even if such relationship is not maintained on a regular basis, except negligible relationships.

A public company, entity controlling or entity under common control with the company may not grant an external director, his/her spouse or child, any benefit, and may not appoint him/her, his/her spouse or child, to serve as an officer of the company or of an entity under common control with the company, may not employ or receive professional services in consideration from him/her or an entity controlled by him/her unless two years have passed as of the end of service as external director in the company, and regarding a relative who is not a spouse or child – one year as of the end of service as external director.

A person shall be qualified to serve as an external director only if he or she possesses accounting and financial expertise or professional qualifications. At least one external director must possess accounting and financial expertise. The conditions and criteria for possessing accounting and financial expertise and professional qualifications were determined in regulations promulgated by the Israeli Minister of Justice in consultation with the Israeli Securities Authority. The regulations mandate that a person is deemed to have “expertise in finance and accounting” if his or her education, experience and qualifications provide him or her with expertise and understanding in business - accounting matters and financial statements, in a way that allows him or her to understand, in depth, the company’s financial statements and to encourage discussion about the manner in which the financial data is presented.

The company’s board of directors must evaluate the proposed external director’s expertise in finance and accounting, by considering, among other things, his or her education, experience and knowledge in the following: (i) accounting and auditing issues typical to the field in which the company operates and to companies of a size and complexity similar to such company; (ii) a company’s external public accountant’s duties and obligations; and (iii) preparing company financial statements and their approval in accordance with the Companies Law and the Israeli Securities Law.

A director is deemed to be “professionally qualified” if he or she meets any of the following criteria: (i) has an academic degree in any of the following professions: economics, business administration, accounting, law or public administration; (ii) has a different academic degree or has completed higher education in a field that is the company’s main field of operations, or a field relevant to his or her position; or (iii) has at least five years experience in any of the following, or has a total of five years experience in at least two of the following: (A) a senior position in the business management of a corporation with significant operations, (B) a senior public position or a senior position in public service, or (C) a senior position in the company’s main field of operations. The board of directors here too must evaluate the proposed external director’s “professional qualification” in accordance with the criteria set forth above.

- 62 -

The candidate to serve as an external director must sign a declaration stating that the abovementioned criteria are met as required by law for the appointment of such candidate as an external director.

No person may serve as an external director if the person’s position or other business activities create, or may create, a conflict of interest with the person’s responsibilities as an external director or may otherwise interfere with the person’s ability to serve as an external director. If, at the time external directors are to be appointed, all current members of the board of directors who are not controlling shareholders or relatives of such shareholders are of the same gender, then at least one external director must be of the other gender.

External directors are to be elected by a majority vote at a shareholders’ meeting, provided that either:

the majority of shares voted at the meeting, including more than one-half of the shares held by non-controlling and disinterested shareholders that voted at the meeting, vote in favor of election of the director; or

the total number of shares held by non-controlling and disinterested shareholders that voted against the election of the director does not exceed two percent of the aggregate voting rights in the company.

The initial term of an external director is three years and may be extended twice for additional three year terms, provided that with respect to the appointment for each such additional three-year term, one of the following has occurred: (i) the reappointment of the external director has been proposed by one or more shareholders holding together 1% or more of the aggregate voting rights in the company and the appointment was approved at the general meeting of the shareholders by a simple majority, provided that: (1)(x) in calculating the majority, votes of controlling shareholders or shareholders having a personal interest in the appointment as a result of an affiliation with a controlling shareholder and abstentions are disregarded and (y) the total number of votes of shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the appointment (other than an interest solely as a result of an affiliation with a controlling shareholder) or who are not controlling shareholders, present and voting in favor of the appointment exceed 2% of the aggregate voting rights in the company, and (2) pursuant to a recently enacted amendment to the Companies Law (“Amendment 22”), effective as of January 10, 2014, the external director who has been nominated in such fashion is not a linked or competing shareholder, and does not have or has not had, on or within the two years preceding the date of such person’s appointment to serve as another term as external director, any affiliation with a linked or competing shareholder. The term “linked or competing shareholder” means the shareholder(s) who nominated the external director for reappointment or a material shareholder of the company holding more than 5% of the shares in the company, provided that at the time of the reappointment, such shareholder(s) of the company, the controlling shareholder of such shareholder(s) of the company, or a company under such shareholder(s) of the company’s control, has a business relationship with the company or are competitors of the company; the Israeli Minister of Justice, in consultation with the Israeli Securities Authority, may determine that certain matters will not constitute a business relationship or competition with the company; or (ii) the reappointment of the external director has been proposed by the board of directors and the appointment was approved by the majority of shareholders required for the initial appointment of an external director. External directors may be removed only by the same majority required for their election as stipulated herein above, or by a court, and then only if the external directors cease to meet the statutory qualifications for their appointment or if they violate their duty of loyalty to the company. Each committee of a company’s board of directors which has been granted any authority normally reserved for the board of directors must include at least one external director.

- 63 -

Mr. Ilan Flato and Mr. Alex Kornhauser currently serve as our external directors. Mr. Kornhauser was appointed for an initial three-year term expiring in August 2011 and was reappointed for an additional three-year term commencing such date. Mr. Flato was appointed for an initial three-year term expiring in April 2012 and was subsequently reappointed by the shareholders for an additional three-year term commencing such date.

An external director is entitled to compensation, as provided in regulations adopted under the Israeli Companies Law, and is otherwise prohibited from receiving any other compensation, directly or indirectly, in connection with service provided as an external director.

The Companies Law requires public companies to appoint an audit committee. Mr. Ilan Flato, Mr. Alex Kornhauser, Rami Guzman and Mr. Kalman Kaufman serve on Tower's audit committee, and Mr. Alex Kornhauser serves as the Audit Committee chairman. Under the Israeli Companies Law, the responsibilities of the audit committee include reviewing the company’s financial statements, monitoring the company’s independent auditors, identifying irregularities in the management of the company’s business and approving related party transactions as required by law, classifying company transactions as extraordinary transactions or non-extraordinary transactions and as material or non-material transactions in which an officer has an interest (which will have the effect of determining the kind of corporate approvals required for such transaction) and approving such interested party transactions, where the approval of the audit committee is required, assessing the proper function of the company’s internal audit regime and determining whether its internal auditor has the requisite tools and resources required to perform his role, and reviewing the work plan and the scope of work of the company’s independent accountants and their fees, and implementing a whistleblower protection plan with respect to employee complaints of business irregularities. Pursuant to Amendment 22, effective as of January 10, 2014, the responsibilities of the audit committee under the Companies Law also include the following matters: (i) to establish procedures to be followed in respect of related party transactions with a controlling shareholder (where such are not extraordinary transactions), which may include, where applicable, the establishment of a competitive process for such transaction, under the supervision of the audit committee, or individual, or other committee or body selected by the audit committee, in accordance with criteria determined by the audit committee; and (ii) to determine procedures for approving certain related party transactions with a controlling shareholder, which were determined by the audit committee not to be extraordinary transactions, but which were also determined by the audit committee not to be negligible transactions. An audit committee must consist of at least three directors, including all of the external directors of the company. A majority of the members of the audit committee must be independent or external directors. The Companies Law defines independent directors as either external directors or directors who: (1) meet certain of the requirements of an external director, (2) have been directors in the company for an uninterrupted duration of less than 9 years (and any interim period during which such person was not a director which is less than 2 years shall not be deemed to interrupt the duration), and (3) were classified as such by the company. The chairman of the board of directors, any director employed by or otherwise providing services to a controlling shareholder or any corporation controlled by such controlling shareholder, any director who derives his salary primarily from the controlling shareholder, and a controlling shareholder or its relative, may not be a member of the audit committee.

- 64 -

The chairman of the audit committee must be an external director, and all audit committee decisions must be made by a majority of the committee members, of which the majority of members present are independent and external directors and at least one external director is present. Any person who is not eligible to serve on the audit committee is further restricted from participating in its meetings and votes, unless the chairman of the audit committee determines that such person’s presence is necessary in order to present a certain matter, provided however, that company employees who are not controlling shareholders or relatives of such shareholders may be present in the meetings but not in the actual votes and resolutions, and company counsel and secretary who are not controlling shareholders or relatives of such shareholders may be present in meetings and decisions if such presence is requested by the audit committee.

Under the Companies Law, the board of directors must appoint an internal auditor, who is recommended by the audit committee. The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other matters, whether the company’s actions comply with the law and orderly business procedure. Under the Companies Law, the internal auditor may be an employee of the company but not an office holder, an interested party, or a relative of an office holder or interested party, and he may not be the company’s independent auditor or its representative. Joseph Ginosar of Fahn Kanne, an affiliate of Grant Thornton International, serves as our internal auditor.

In December 2012, the recently adopted Amendment 20 to the Israeli Companies Law-1999 (“Amendment 20”) went into effect. Amendment 20 requires, among other provisions, that the board of directors of Israeli publicly traded companies appoint a Compensation Committee comprised of at least three members, that all external directors be members of the Compensation Committee, that Directors who are also employees of the Company cannot be members of the Compensation Committee, and that the chairman of the Compensation Committee be an external director.

The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee include the following:

To recommend to the Board of Directors as to a compensation policy for officers, as well as to recommend, once every three years to extend the compensation policy subject to receipt of the required corporate approvals;

To recommend to the Board of Directors as to any updates to the compensation policy which may be required;

To review the implementation of the compensation policy by the Company;

To approve transactions relating to terms of office and employment of certain Company office holders, which require the approval of the Compensation Committee pursuant to the Companies Law; and

To exempt, under certain circumstances, a transaction relating to terms of office and employment from the requirement of approval of the shareholders meeting.

In February 2013, our Board of Directors appointed Mr. Ilan Flato, Mr. Alex Kornhauser and Ms. Dana Gross as members of the Compensation Committee, and Mr. Ilan Flato as chairman of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has been charged by the board of directors to act in accordance with the powers and prerogatives delegated to it by the Israeli Companies Law-1999 and take any decisions and make any recommendations to the Board all as set forth in the Israeli Companies Law-1999. The board of directors also delegated to the Compensation Committee the review and approval of option grants to non-officers.

Our Compensation Policy

Under Amendment 20, the board of directors of the Company, being an Israeli publicly traded company, and following the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, established a compensation policy, which was approved by the shareholders of the company in September 2013, and pursuant to which the terms of office and compensation of the company's officer holders are decided.

- 65 -

Under Section 267B(a) and Parts A and B of Annex 1A of the Companies Law, which were legislated as part of Amendment 20, a company’s compensation policy shall be determined with consideration of the following parameters:

advancement of the goals of the Company, its working plan and its long term policy;

the creation of proper incentives for the office holders while taking into consideration, inter alia, the Company’s risk management policies;

the Company’s size and nature of its operations;

with respect to compensation paid to officers which includes variable components - the contributions of the relevant office holders in achieving the goals of the Company and profit in the long term in light of their positions;

the education, skills, expertise and achievements of the relevant office holders;

the role of the office holders, areas of their responsibilities and their previous agreements regarding salary; and

the correlation of the proposed compensation with the compensation of other employees of the Company, and the effect of such differences in compensation on the employment relations in the company.

In addition, the compensation policy should take into account that in the event that the compensation paid to officers includes variable components – it should allow for the ability of the board of directors to reduce the value of the variable component from time to time or to set a cap on the exercise value of convertible securities components that are not paid out in cash. Additionally, in the event that the terms of office and employment include grants or payments made upon termination – such grants should take into consideration the length of the term of office or period of employment, the terms of employment during such period, the company’s performance during said period and the office holder’s contribution to obtaining the company’s goals and maximizing its profits as well as the circumstances and context of the termination.

In addition, the compensation policy must set forth standards and rules on the following issues: (a) with respect to variable components of compensation - basing the compensation on long term performance and measurable criteria (though an insubstantial portion of the variable components can be discretion based awards taking into account the contribution of the officer holder to the company); (b) establishing the appropriate ratio between variable components and fixed components and placing a cap on such variable components; (c) setting forth a rule requiring an office holder to return amounts paid, in the event that it is later revealed that such amounts were paid on the basis of data which prove to be erroneous and resulted in an amendment and restatement of the company’s financial statements; (d) determining minimum holding or vesting periods for equity based variable components of compensation, while taking into consideration appropriate long term incentives; and (e) setting a cap on grants or benefits paid upon termination.

The board of directors of a company is obligated to adopt a compensation policy after considering the recommendations of the compensation committee. The final adoption of the compensation policy is subject to the approval of the shareholders of the company, which such approval is subject to certain special majority requirements, as set forth in Amendment 20, pursuant to which one of the following must be met:

(i)

the majority of the votes includes at least a majority of all the votes of shareholders who are not controlling shareholders of the company or who do not have a personal interest in the compensation policy and participating in the vote; abstentions shall not be included in the total of the votes of the aforesaid shareholders; or

(ii)

the total of opposing votes from among the shareholders described in subsection (i) above does not exceed 2% of all the voting rights in the company .

- 66 -

Nonetheless, even if the shareholders of the company do not approve the compensation policy, the board of directors of a company may approve the compensation policy, provided that the compensation committee and, thereafter, the board of directors resolved, based on detailed, documented, reasons and after a second review of the compensation policy, that the approval of the compensation policy is for the benefit of the company.

Compensation instruments under our Compensation Policy may include the following:

Base salary;

Benefits and perquisites;

Performance-based cash bonuses;

Equity based compensation; and

Retirement, termination and other arrangements.

Our Compensation Policy aims to optimize the mix of fixed compensation and variable compensation (both as defined therein) in order to, among other things, appropriately incentivize office holders to meet our goals while considering our management of business risks, and sets maximum rations between the two types of compensation elements.

The base salary varies between office holders, and is individually determined according to the past performance, educational background, place of residence, prior business experience, qualifications, specializations, situation, role, business responsibilities and achievements of the office holder and the previous salary arrangements therewith. Since a competitive base salary is essential to our ability to attract and retain highly skilled professionals, in accordance with the Compensation Policy will seek to establish and maintain base salaries that are based on competitive market analyses. The comparative peer group will include direct competitors, or companies that operate in similar industries, with similar market capitalization, enterprise value, and/or revenues, active in similar geographic locations. Office holders will be entitled to benefits stated as such by relevant law and best practice for peer companies, and may also be entitled to additional benefits, taking into consideration their rank, seniority in the territory they reside in, market and local practice and legislation. Such additional benefits, which shall be subject to approval of Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors, may include, inter alia, annual vacation, sick leave, medical insurance, allocations to pensions, long term disability, contribution to education fund (up to the maximum allowable by law), car expenses, contribution to managers' insurance, cellular phone and laptop computer, as well as taxes and expenses which may be incurred in relation to such benefits being borne by the Company. In addition, when relevant, and subject to approval of Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors, office holders may be entitled to relocation related expenses and benefits until termination, including housing costs, family flights and related repatriation costs, which shall not exceed $280,000 on an annual basis. For purposes of attracting high quality personnel, we may offer an office holder a sign-on bonus as an incentive to join the Company, which may be comprised of cash and/or equity and shall not exceed an amount equal to the office holder’s annual base salary.

- 67 -

Our policy is to allow annual cash bonuses, which may be awarded to the office holders upon the attainment of pre-set annual measurable objectives and personal performance, which are set in the first quarter of the year, and include minimum thresholds for performance. The Compensation Policy sets forth a pre-defined mechanism which includes bonus criteria based on measurable components and the weight of each component (in percentage terms) of each group of component measures as a portion of the annual criteria, as well as a minimum threshold below which no bonus will be awarded for the component. Office holders may also receive a special bonus for substantial achievements on certain types of special transactions that are unexpected when determining our annual management by objective plan. It is clarified that this special bonus mechanism will not be awarded as a matter of routine and granted only in situations where it is warranted as described below.

In the event that an office holder was paid any compensation based on erroneous data which is later restated in our financial statements within a period of three (3) financial years prior to the date of the correction, we shall be entitled to recover from such office holder any compensation in the amount of the excess of the compensation that the office holder received over what he/she should have been paid on the basis of the restated financial statements. The compensation recovery will not be triggered in the event of a financial restatement required due to changes in the applicable financial reporting standards. The Compensation Committee will be responsible for approving the amounts to be recouped and for setting terms for such recoupment from time to time.

The equity based compensation offered by us is intended to be in a form of stock options and/or other equity forms, such as RSUs, in accordance with our equity based compensation policies and programs in place from time to time. Equity based compensation awarded by us shall not be in excess of 10% of our share capital on a fully diluted basis. The equity based compensation, shall be granted automatically as either an annual grant and/or from time to time and be individually determined and awarded according to the performance, educational background, prior business experience, qualifications, specializations, role, personal responsibilities and achievements of the office holder and the previous salary arrangements therewith. As a general policy, options for our office holders shall gradually vest per passage of time over a period of 3 years (or more) and the RSUs shall be subject to time and/or performance based vesting. There shall be no vesting before the end of the first year from date of grant. We will calculate the fair market value of the equity based compensation for the office holders, at the time of grant according to the Black and Scholes model, binomial model or any other best practice or commonly accepted equity based compensation valuation model as calculated in the actual award, when such award is approved by the Compensation Committee and Board of Directors. The aggregate three year value of such calculated fair market value shall not exceed, (i) for an office holder (other than directors) three annual base salaries of such office holder, and (ii) for a director, $180,000 per 3 years, subject to applicable law and regulations. The exercise price and expiration of the options shall be as set forth in Section 14 above. The exercise price of options granted to the office holders shall be equal to the arithmetic average closing price of Tower's shares, as quoted on the NASDAQ market (or if Tower's shares will not be traded on NASDAQ, the Tel-Aviv Stock Exchange or any principal national securities exchange upon which Tower's shares are listed or traded) for the 30 trading days prior to the date of grant. The options may contain a mandatory exercise provision for vested options which shall provide for an automatic exercise upon reaching a certain share price and may also trigger the sale of the underlying shares. The expiration of options granted to the office holders shall be seven (7) years from date of grant.

We shall provide an office holder a prior notice of termination of up to six (6) months but not less than three (3) months (unless termination is for cause), during which the office holder shall be entitled to all of the compensation elements, and to the continuation of vesting of his/her equity based compensation. Office holders (other than directors) shall provide us a prior notice of resignation of at least three (3) months. During this advance notice period, at our discretion, the office holder may be requested to remain on our payroll and provide services to us. During this period, the office holder shall be paid his/her base salary and benefits and may be entitled to a partial or full annual bonus, based on the actual period of service or employment of the office holder within this period, and based on our performance during the period, the contribution of the office holder to achieving our targets and profits and the circumstances of the termination. Upon resignation, office holders who are Israeli employees shall receive severance pay according to Israeli law. All other employees shall receive severance pay according to their local labor laws. Upon dismissal, office holders who are Israeli employees may receive severance pay equal to his/her last monthly base salary multiplied by the number of years employed by us. All other employees shall receive severance pay according to their local labor laws. The total amount paid to the office holder shall not exceed an amount of twenty-four (24) monthly base salaries, subject however to any amounts which would have to be paid to an office holder in accordance with the local labor law.

- 68 -

Under the Compensation Policy, and subject to the amendment of the relevant employment agreement upon receipt of applicable corporate approvals as required by law, in connection with a corporate transaction involving a Change of Control and subject to the Termination Upon Change of Control (both terms as defined in the employment agreement of the relevant office holder), the CEO may be entitled to an amount equal up to one (1) annual base salary and acceleration of all unvested options for exercise and the other non-CEO and non-director office holders may be entitled to an amount equal up to nine (9) months' base salary and acceleration of all unvested options for exercise.

The CEO shall be paid a termination grant upon termination of his/her employment with us, provided that he/she is employed with us full time for at least 3 years. Such termination grant shall be in an amount up to a lump sum of twelve (12) monthly base salaries without benefits. The amount granted shall take into consideration the period of employment with us, his/her service and employment conditions in the course of said period, our performance during the period, the contribution of the CEO to the achievement of our targets and profits and the circumstances surrounding the termination of employment.

The members of Tower's board may (and, in the case of external directors, shall) be entitled to remuneration and refund of expenses according to the provisions of the Companies Regulations (Rules on Remuneration and Expenses of Outside Directors), 2000, as amended by the Companies Regulations (Relief for Public Companies Traded in Stock Exchange Outside of Israel), 2000, as such regulations may be amended from time to time.

Directors shall be entitled to:

· An annual fee which shall be capped at up to $60,000.

· Per meeting fee shall be capped at up to $2,000.

· Reasonable travel expenses.

In connection with a corporate transaction involving a Change of Control (as defined in the relevant individual’s services agreement), the chairman of the board and other directors may be entitled to acceleration of all unvested options for exercise.

The chairman of the board may be entitled to cash and/or equity based remuneration which in the aggregate that shall not exceed $600,000 on an annual basis together with reimbursement of expenses in accordance with our policy as approved by the Compensation Committee and Board of Directors.

Under our Compensation Policy, the Board of Directors shall have the discretion to unilaterally reduce an office holder’s variable compensation.

All compensation arrangements of office holders are required to be approved in the manner prescribed by applicable law. In accordance with our Compensation Policy, office holders, including External Directors or Independent Directors, may waive their entitlement to their compensation, subject to applicable law.

- 69 -

D. EMPLOYEES

The following table sets forth for the last three fiscal years, the number of our employees engaged in the specified activities.

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Process and product engineering, R&D and design		848		866		936
Manufacturing and operations		1,538		1,602		1,822
Manufacturing support		239		209		219
Sales and marketing, finance & administration..		194		218		197

Total		2,819		2,895		3,174

As of December 31, 2013, we had 1,210 employees located in Israel, 655 employees located in the United States, 943 employees located in Japan, 6 employees located in Korea, 3 employees located in China and 1 employee located in Taiwan and 1 employee located in Germany.

Except for an arrangement regarding pension contributions, Tower has no collective bargaining agreements with any of its Israeli employees. However, in Israel we are subject to certain labor statutes and national labor court precedent rulings, as well as to certain provisions of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor in Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations, by virtue of expansion orders issued in accordance with relevant labor laws by the Israeli Ministry of Labor and Welfare, and which apply such agreement provisions to our employees even though they are not directly part of a union that has signed a collective bargaining agreement. The laws and labor court rulings that apply to our employees principally concern the minimum wage laws, procedures for dismissing employees, determination of severance pay, leaves of absence (such as annual vacation or maternity leave), sick pay and other conditions for employment. The expansion orders which apply to our employees principally concern the requirement for length of the work day and workweek, mandatory contributions to a pension fund, annual recreation allowance, travel expenses payment and other conditions of employment. In accordance with these provisions, the salaries of our employees are partially indexed to the Consumer Price Index in Israel.

Under the special collective bargaining agreement to which we are party in regard to our Israeli employees, we are required to contribute funds to an employee’s “Manager’s Insurance” fund and/or pension fund. Such funds generally provide a combination of savings plans, insurance and severance pay benefits to the employee, securing his or her right to receive pension or giving the employee a lump sum payment upon retirement, under certain circumstances, if legally entitled, upon termination of employment. To the Manager’s Insurance fund, the employee usually contributes an amount equal to 5% of his or her wages and the employer usually contributes an additional 13.3% to 15.8%. To the pension fund the employee usually contributes an amount equal to between 5% and 6% of his or her wages and the employer usually contributes an additional 13.7% to 17.3%. Israeli law generally requires severance pay upon the retirement or death of an employee or termination of employment without due cause. Under our special collective bargaining agreement, we are exempt from such severance pay as long as, and for period during which, we contribute on monthly basis the above mentioned benefits to such employee’s pension fund and/or Manager’s Insurance.

- 70 -

A portion of Jazz’s employees at its Newport Beach, California fab are represented by a union and covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Jazz maintains a defined benefit pension plan for certain of its employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement that provides for monthly pension payments to eligible employees upon retirement. The pension benefits are based on years of service and specified benefit amounts. In addition, the bargaining agreement includes a postretirement medical plan to certain employees. For certain eligible bargaining unit employees who terminate employment, Jazz provides a lump-sum benefit payment.

Labor agreements pertaining to the employees of TJP determine the obligation of TJP to make payments to employees upon retirement or upon termination. The liability for termination benefits is based upon length of service and the employee’s monthly salary multiplied by a certain ratio. TJP does not cover the termination liability through deposits to benefit funds.

E. SHARE OWNERSHIP

As of March 31, 2014, our directors and senior managers beneficially owned an aggregate of 1.7 million shares underlying options held by such persons that are currently vested or which vest within 60 days of such date. These options have an average exercise price of $6.19 per share and the options expire between 2015 and 2022. In addition, our directors and senior managers own an aggregate of 12,500 warrants which have an exercise price of $7.33 and expire on July 2017. No individual director or senior manager beneficially owns 1.00% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares, except our CEO, who beneficially owns 1.42% of our outstanding shares and our chairman of the board of directors who beneficially owns 1.53% of our outstanding shares.

ITEM 7.

MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS

The following set forth information, as of March 31, 2014, concerning the beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), and on a diluted basis, of ordinary shares by any person who is known to own at least 5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares. As of such date, approximately 49.3 million ordinary shares were issued and outstanding. The voting rights of our major shareholders do not differ from the voting rights of other holders of our ordinary shares.

Identity of Person or Group	Percent of Class(1)			Percent of Class (Diluted)(2)
Israel Corporation Ltd. (3)		38.66	%		18.92	%
Bank Leumi Le-Israel, B.M (4).		7.14	%		3.62	%
Bank Hapoalim, B.M (5).		11.21	%		5.86	%

(1)	Assumes the holder’s beneficial ownership of all Tower ordinary shares and all securities that the holder has a right to purchase within 60 days. Also assumes that no other exercisable or convertible securities held by other shareholders has been exercised or converted into shares of the Company.

- 71 -

(2)	Assumes that all currently outstanding securities to purchase ordinary shares, other than those which cannot be calculated as of the date of the date referred to above, have been exercised by all holders.

(3)	Based on information verified with Israel Corp., it had as of March 31, 2014 approximately 18 million shares, as well as warrants exercisable to acquire 1.67 million shares and 4 thousand Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of options.

(4)	Based on information provided by Bank Leumi, it had as of March 31, 2014 approximately 206 thousand shares, as well as warrants exercisable to acquire approximately 139 thousand shares and capital notes convertible into approximately 3.4 million shares.

(5)	Based on information provided by Bank Hapoalim, it had as of March 31, 2014 approximately one million shares, as well as warrants exercisable to acquire approximately 608 thousand shares and capital notes convertible into approximately 4.5 million shares.

As of March 31, 2014, there were a total of 17 holders of record of our ordinary shares, of which 9 were registered with addresses in the United States. Such United States record holders (which include non-US shareholders) were, as of such date, the holders of record of approximately 43.0% of our outstanding ordinary shares. The number of record holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders nor is it representative of where such beneficial holders are resident since many of these ordinary shares were held of record by brokers or other nominees (including one U.S. nominee company, CEDE & Co., which held approximately 43% of our outstanding ordinary shares as of said date, including those held for the benefit of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange clearing house as a member of Depository Trust Company).

B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

For information related to transactions with related parties see Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements.

C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL

Not applicable.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

See Item 18.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are a party to various litigation matters incidental to the conduct of our business. As of today, there is no pending or threatened legal proceeding to which we are a party, that, in the opinion of our management, is likely to have a material adverse effect on our future financial results or financial condition.

- 72 -

B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES

No significant change has occurred since December 31, 2013, except as disclosed in this annual report.

ITEM 9.

THE OFFER AND LISTING

Our ordinary shares are listed and traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market (on the NASDAQ Global Market through March 16, 2012 and on the NASDAQ Capital Market since that date) and on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange (TASE) under the symbol “TSEM”.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low reported sales prices of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ Stock Market and Tel Aviv Stock Exchange:

	NASDAQ Stock Market				Tel Aviv Stock Exchange
	High ($)		Low ($)		High (NIS)		Low (NIS)
Period
April 2014		10.06		7.74		34.68		26.92
March 2014		9.64		7.45		32.88		25.78
February 2014		7.87		5.86		27.18		20.59
January 2014		6.45		5.44		22.51		19.20
December 2013		7.53		3.85		22.70		13.40
November 2013		4.91		4.16		17.40		14.41
October 2013		5.19		4.74		18.35		17.00
First quarter 2014		9.64		5.44		32.88		19.20
Fourth quarter 2013		7.53		3.85		22.70		13.40
Third quarter 2013		5.18		4.15		18.37		14.65
Second quarter 2013		7.85		4.60		28.66		15.83
First quarter 2013		8.67		6.16		32.40		22.72
Fourth quarter 2012		9.11		7.30		35.50		28.30
Third quarter 2012		10.77		6.75		42.50		27.58
Second quarter 2012		15.30		9.75		57.90		39.30
First quarter 2012		14.10		9.00		52.50		34.55
2013		8.67		3.85		32.40		13.40
2012		15.30		6.75		57.90		27.58
2011		23.10		9.00		82.41		34.05
2010		28.05		14.85		105.29		55.65
2009		22.35		1.95		76.94		7.53

JAZZ TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

8% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018

INDENTURE

Dated as of March 25, 2014

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

Trustee

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.01. Definitions.	1
SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.	21
SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.	22
SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.	22
SECTION 1.05. Acts of Holders; Record Dates.	23
ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES
SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating.	23
SECTION 2.02. Form of Execution and Authentication.	26
SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.	27
SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.	27
SECTION 2.05. Lists of Holders of the Notes.	27
SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.	28
SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes.	36
SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes.	37
SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes.	37
SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes.	37
SECTION 2.11. Cancellation.	37
SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest.	38
SECTION 2.13. Record Date.	38
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Number.	38
ARTICLE 3
NO REDEMPTION; EXCESS PROCEEDS OFFER
SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee.	38
SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Purchased.	38
SECTION 3.03. [Reserved].	39
SECTION 3.04. [Reserved].	39
SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Purchase Price.	39
SECTION 3.06. Notes Purchased in Part.	39
SECTION 3.07. No Optional Redemption.	39
SECTION 3.08. Excess Proceeds Offer.	39

- i -

ARTICLE 4
COVENANTS
SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes.	41
SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.	42
SECTION 4.03. Reports.	42
SECTION 4.04. Compliance Certificate.	43
SECTION 4.05. Taxes.	43
SECTION 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.	43
SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments.	43
SECTION 4.08. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.	47
SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness.	48
SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Asset Sales.	51
SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.	52
SECTION 4.12. Limitation on Liens.	54
SECTION 4.13. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.	54
SECTION 4.14. Organizational Existence.	54
SECTION 4.15. Change of Control.	54
SECTION 4.16. Payments for Consent.	56
SECTION 4.17. Limitation on Repayment and Exchanges of Existing Notes.	56
SECTION 4.18. Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.	56
ARTICLE 5
SUCCESSORS
SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.	57
SECTION 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted.	59
ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.	59
SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.	60
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.	61
SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.	61
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.	61
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.	61
SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes To Receive Payment.	62
SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.	62
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	62
SECTION 6.10. Priorities.	63
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.	63

- ii -

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.	63
SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee.	64
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.	65
SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.	66
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults.	66
SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.	66
SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.	66
SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.	67
SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.	68
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.	68
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.	68
ARTICLE 8
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.01. Termination of the Company’s Obligations.	68
SECTION 8.02. Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	69
SECTION 8.03. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Discharge.	69
SECTION 8.04. Covenant Defeasance.	70
SECTION 8.05. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.	70
SECTION 8.06. Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.	71
SECTION 8.07. Repayment to Company.	71
SECTION 8.08. Reinstatement.	72
ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes.	72
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes.	73
SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.	74
SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.	74
SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.	75
SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.	75
ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEES
SECTION 10.01. Guarantee.	75
SECTION 10.02. Execution and Delivery of Guarantees.	76
SECTION 10.03. Releases from Guarantees.	77

- iii -

ARTICLE 11
CONVERSION
SECTION 11.01. Conversion Privilege.	77
SECTION 11.02. Conversion Procedures; Conversion Settlement.	77
SECTION 11.03. Settlement Upon Conversion.	79
SECTION 11.04. Fractional Share.	81
SECTION 11.05. Taxes on Conversion.	81
SECTION 11.06. Parent to Provide Ordinary Shares.	81
SECTION 11.07. Adjustment to Conversion Rate.	81
SECTION 11.08. Provisions Governing Adjustment to Conversion Rate.	86
SECTION 11.09. Merger Events.	87
SECTION 11.10. When Adjustment May Be Deferred.	88
SECTION 11.11. When No Adjustment Required.	88
SECTION 11.12. Notice of Adjustment.	89
SECTION 11.13. Notice of Certain Transactions.	89
SECTION 11.14. Right of Holders to Convert.	90
SECTION 11.15. Company Determination Final.	90
SECTION 11.16. Trustee’s Adjustment Disclaimer.	90
SECTION 11.17. Simultaneous Adjustments.	90
SECTION 11.18. Successive Adjustments.	90
SECTION 11.19. Rights Issued in Respect of Ordinary Shares Issued Upon Conversion.	90
SECTION 11.20. Withholding Taxes for Adjustments in Conversion Rate.	91
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.	91
SECTION 12.02. Notices.	91
SECTION 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.	92
SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	92
SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.	93
SECTION 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents.	93
SECTION 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Owners, Employees, Incorporators and Stockholders.	93
SECTION 12.08. Governing Law.	93
SECTION 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	94
SECTION 12.10. Successors.	94
SECTION 12.11. Severability.	94
SECTION 12.12. Counterpart Originals.	94
SECTION 12.13. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.	94
SECTION 12.14. Force Majeure.	94
SECTION 12.15. Waiver of Jury Trial.	94
SECTION 12.16. U.S.A. Patriot Act.	95
SECTION 12.17. Consent to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process.	95

- iv -

EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A	FORM OF NOTE
EXHIBIT B	FORM OF GUARANTEE
EXHIBIT C	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
EXHIBIT D	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
EXHIBIT E	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

- v -

THIS INDENTURE, dated as of March 25, 2014 (“ Indenture ”), is made by and among Jazz Technologies, Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), Tower Semiconductor Ltd., a company formed under the laws of Israel (“ Tower ” or “ Parent ”), the Guarantors from time to time party hereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee.

The Company, Tower, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company’s 8% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018.

RECITALS

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery hereof to provide for the issuance of the Notes. All things necessary (i) to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Company and delivered hereunder, and to make the Guarantees, when executed and delivered hereunder by the Guarantors, the valid and binding obligations of the Company and the Guarantors and (ii) to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company, the Guarantors and Parent, all in accordance with their respective terms, have been done.

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed as follows for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

“ 144A Global Note ” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

“ Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person, Indebtedness of any such Person existing at the time such Person merges with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of, or Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets by, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

“ Additional Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Company Registration Rights Agreement and the Parent Registration Rights Agreement.

“ Additional Notes ” means the $10,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018 of the Company issued for cash under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

“ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

“ Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

“ American Depositary Shares ” means U.S. Dollar denominated forms of equity ownership held in deposit in a custodian bank and evidenced by physical certificates of ownership issued by a U.S. bank.

“ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange.

“ Asset Sale ” means any sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease, assignment or other disposition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including by means of a merger or consolidation or through the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Preferred Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 and other than directors qualifying shares or local ownership shares)) (collectively, for purposes of this definition, a “ transfer ”), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, of any assets of the Company (it being understood that the Capital Stock of the Company is not an asset of the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than sales of inventory and other transfers in the ordinary course of business). For purposes of this definition, the term “Asset Sale” shall not include:

(a) transfers of cash or Cash Equivalents or Marketable Securities;

(b) transfers of assets of the Company (including Equity Interests) that are governed by, and made in accordance with, Section 5.01(a);

(d) the creation of or realization on any Lien permitted under this Indenture;

(e) transfers of damaged, worn-out, surplus, unnecessary or obsolete equipment that, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, are no longer used or useful in the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(f) sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the patents, trade secrets, know-how and other intellectual property, and licenses, leases or subleases of other assets, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case to the extent such license, sublicense, lease or sublease does not materially interfere with the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(g) any transfer or series of related transfers that, but for this clause, would be Asset Sales, if the aggregate fair market value of the assets transferred in such transaction or series of related transactions does not exceed $2.0 million; and

(h) the settlement, waiver, release or surrender of claims or litigation rights of any kind.

“ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

- 2 -

“ Board of Directors ” means:

(a) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or, except in the context of the definition of “Change of Control,” a duly authorized committee thereof;

(b) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and

“ Broker-Dealer ” means any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

“ Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

“ Capital Lease Obligations ” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at the time any determination thereof is to be made shall be the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be so required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

“ Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents, however designated, of corporate stock or partnership or membership interests, whether common or preferred.

“ Cash Equivalents ” means:

(a) United States dollars;

(b) Government Securities having maturities of not more than twelve (12) months from the date of acquisition;

(c) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million;

(d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b) and (c) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above;

(e) commercial paper issued by any issuer bearing at least a “2” rating for any short-term rating provided by Moody’s or S&P or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency and maturing within two hundred seventy (270) days of the date of acquisition;

(f) variable or fixed rate notes issued by any issuer rated at least AA by S&P (or the equivalent thereof) or at least Aa2 by Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof) and maturing within one (1) year of the date of acquisition;

- 3 -

(g) money market funds or programs (x) offered by any commercial or investment bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500 million at least 95% of the assets of which fund or program constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (f) of this definition, (y) (i) offered by any other nationally recognized financial institution (ii) at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (f) (iii) are rated AAA and (iv) such fund or program is at least $4.0 billion or (z) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital and surplus of at least $500.0 million and the portfolios of which are limited to investments of the character described in the foregoing subclauses hereof; and

(h) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary or in respect of operations of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary outside the United States, (i) the currency of such country or (ii) high quality short-term investments which are customarily used for cash management purposes in any country in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates or the operations of the Company or such Domestic Subsidiary are located, as applicable.

“ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

(a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Exchange Act and the rules of the Commission thereunder as in effect on the date of this Indenture) of Equity Interests representing more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of the total voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company then entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of the Company generally;

(b) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company ceases to be composed of individuals who were either (i) nominated by, or whose nomination was approved by, the Board of Directors of the Company with the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of said Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election or (ii) appointed by directors so nominated or elected;

(c) there shall be consummated any share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Company pursuant to which the Company’s Equity Interests entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of the Company generally would be converted into cash, securities or other property, or the Company sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its and its Subsidiaries’ assets, taken as a whole (a “ Disposition ”), in each case other than pursuant to a share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Company or a Disposition in which the holders of the Company’s Equity Interests entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of the Company generally immediately prior to the share exchange, consolidation, merger or Disposition have, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the total voting power in the aggregate of all classes of Equity Interests of the continuing or surviving entity entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person generally immediately after the share exchange, consolidation, merger or Disposition;

(d) the stockholders of the Company approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

(e) the Ordinary Shares (or other capital stock underlying the Notes) shall not be listed or quoted on at least one of the following trading markets: The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Select Market, The Nasdaq Global Market or the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange (or any of their respective successors).

“ Closing Sale Price ” of the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, on any Trading Day means the reported last sale price per share (or, if no last sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices per share or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and average ask prices per share) on such date reported by the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, are listed or, if not so listed, on such date reported by the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, the London Stock Exchange or the Frankfurt Stock Exchange.

- 4 -

“ Close of Business ” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time.

“ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency thereto.

“ Common Equity ” of any person means Capital Stock or other ownership interests of such person that is generally entitled to (a) vote in the election of directors of such person or (b) if such person is not a corporation, vote or otherwise participate in the selection of governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management or policies of such person.

“ Company Registration Rights Agreement ” means the registration rights agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, made by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the holders of the Notes party thereto.

“ Consolidated Group Transaction ” means any of the following occurring in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices between or among the Company or of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, (a) payments for bona fide sales or for marketing, research and development, information technologies, legal, human resources or other personnel services or for testing or other operational or fab-related services, (b) the purchase or sale of assets, including supplies and raw materials, (c) the payment of fees and disbursements of professionals providing services to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (d) payments for compensation (including base salary, bonuses and other incentive compensation), benefits and travel and entertainment expenses related to the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (e) payments to third party vendors for assets purchased by, or services rendered to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

“ Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, provided that the following (without duplication) will be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income:

(a) the net income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except to the extent of the lesser of (i) the dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (subject to clause (c) below) by such Person during such period, and (ii) the Company’s pro rata share of such Person’s net income earned during such period;

(b) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;

(c) the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income would not have been permitted for the relevant period by charter or by any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary;

- 5 -

(d) any net after-tax extraordinary gains or losses;

(e) any net after-tax non-cash goodwill impairment charges;

(f) any net after-tax income (or loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness; and

(g) any net after-tax income (or loss) from agreements evidencing Hedging Obligations until such income (or loss) is actually realized (at which time such income (or loss) shall be included).

In calculating the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, income attributable to Unrestricted Subsidiaries will be excluded altogether.

“ Conversion Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to convert Securities in accordance with Article 11. The Company has initially appointed the Trustee as its Conversion Agent.

“ Conversion Price ” means, as of any date, an amount equal to U.S. $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate as of such date.

“ Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company’s or Holders pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 12.02.

“ Credit Facilities ” means one or more credit agreements or debt facilities or other financing arrangements to which the Company and/or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries is party from time to time, in each case with banks, investment banks, insurance companies, mutual funds, institutional investors or any other lenders, in each case, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, debt securities, bankers’ acceptances, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), swing-line or commercial paper facilities or letters of credit or note facilities, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements entered into in connection therewith, in each case as such agreements or facilities may be amended (including any amendment and restatement thereof), supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement Refinancing any Credit Facility, whether in the bank or debt capital markets or otherwise (or combination thereof) (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder), all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or facility or any successor or replacement agreement or facility.

“ Current Market Price ” means the average of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as the case may be, for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Days ending three Trading Days before the Change of Control Payment Date.

“ Daily Conversion Value ” means, for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days during the Observation Period, 5.00% of the product of (a) the Conversion Rate in effect on such Trading Day and (b) the Daily VWAP on such Trading Day.

“ Daily Measurement Value ” means: (a) if the Company does not elect a Cash Percentage pursuant to Section 11.03(d), the Specified Dollar Amount divided by 20; or (b) if the Company elects a Cash Percentage pursuant Section 11.03(d), the product of (i) the Cash Percentage, (ii) the Conversion Rate in effect on such Trading Day and (iii) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day, divided by 20.

- 6 -

“ Daily Settlement Amount ” means for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days during the applicable Observation Period: (a) if the Company does not elect a Cash Percentage pursuant to Section 11.03(d), (i) cash in an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Daily Measurement Value and (B) the Daily Conversion Value; and (ii) if the Daily Conversion Value on such Trading Day exceeds the Daily Measurement Value, a number of Ordinary Shares equal to (X) the difference between the Daily Conversion Value and the Daily Measurement Value, divided by (Y) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day; or (b) if the Company elects a Cash Percentage pursuant to Section 11.03(d), (i) cash in an amount equal to the Daily Measurement Value; and (ii) if the Daily Conversion Value exceeds the Daily Measurement Value, a number of Ordinary Shares equal to (X) the difference between the Daily Conversion Value and the Daily Measurement Value, divided by (Y) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day.

“ Daily VWAP ” means, for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days during the applicable Observation Period, the Volume Weighted Average Price.

“ Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

“ Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

“ Depositary ” means The Depository Trust Company and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to an applicable provision hereof.

“ Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date on which the Notes mature; provided , however , that any such Capital Stock may require the issuer of such Capital Stock to make an offer to purchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of any asset sale or change of control if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that such an offer may not be satisfied and the purchase of such Capital Stock may not be consummated until the 91st day after the purchase of any Notes tendered as permitted by Section 3.08 or 4.15, as applicable.

“ Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries ” shall mean all Restricted Subsidiaries that are Domestic Subsidiaries.

“ Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

“ EBITDA ” means, for any period, the sum of:

(a) Consolidated Net Income, plus

(b) Fixed Charges, to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

- 7 -

(c) to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income and as determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP and without duplication:

(i) income taxes, other than income taxes or income tax adjustments (whether positive or negative) attributable to extraordinary gains or losses; and

(ii) depreciation, amortization and all other non-cash items reducing Consolidated Net Income (other than any such non-cash items in a period which reflect cash payments made or to be made in another period), less all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (other than any such non-cash items in a period that will result in a cash receipt or a reduction in a cash payment in another period); plus

(d) without duplication, net after-tax non-recurring losses (minus any net after-tax non-recurring gains), to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income, plus

(e) without duplication, the amount of any restructuring charges deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income.

“ Eligible Institution ” means a commercial banking institution that has combined capital and surplus of not less than $500 million or its equivalent in foreign currency, whose debt is rated by at least two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations in one of each such organization’s four highest generic rating categories at the time as of which any investment or rollover therein is made.

“ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

“ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“ Exchange Agreement ” means that certain Exchange Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2014, among the Company, the Guarantors, Parent and the holders of Existing Notes party thereto, entered into in connection with the issuance of the Notes.

“ Ex-Date ” means the first date on which the Ordinary Shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from the Parent or, if applicable, the seller of Ordinary Shares on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market.

“ Existing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness (other than the Notes and the Guarantees and Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(2)) of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date.

“ Existing Notes ” means the 8% Senior Notes due 2015 of the Company issued under an indenture dated as of July 15, 2010, made by and among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

“ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, on any date (the “ transaction date ”), the ratio of

(x) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters immediately prior to the transaction date for which internal financial statements are available (the “reference period”) to

- 8 -

(y) the aggregate Fixed Charges during such reference period, excluding (i) amortization of debt discount and issuance costs and (ii) non-cash interest on any convertible or exchangeable notes that exists by virtue of the bifurcation of the debt and equity components of such convertible or exchangeable notes in accordance with GAAP, non-cash interest expense attributable to required marking-to-market of obligations under Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments in accordance with GAAP and non-cash interest expense attributable to required marking-to-market of obligations due to changes in fair or market value of tradable securities in accordance with GAAP.

In making the foregoing calculation,

(a) pro forma effect will be given to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Equity Interests Incurred during or after the reference period to the extent the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Equity Interest is outstanding or is to be Incurred on the transaction date as if the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Equity Interests had been Incurred on the first day of the reference period;

(b) pro forma calculations of interest on Indebtedness bearing a floating interest rate will be made as if the rate in effect on the transaction date (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to the Indebtedness if the Hedging Obligation has a remaining term of at least 12 months) had been the applicable rate for the entire reference period;

(c) Fixed Charges related to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Equity Interests no longer outstanding or to be repaid or redeemed on the transaction date, except for Interest Expense accrued during the reference period under a revolving credit to the extent of the commitment thereunder (or under any successor revolving credit) in effect on the transaction date, will be excluded;

(d) pro forma effect will be given to

(i) he creation, designation or redesignation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,

(ii) the acquisition or disposition of companies, divisions or lines of businesses by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any acquisition or disposition of a company, division or line of business since the beginning of the reference period by a person that became a Restricted Subsidiary after the beginning of the reference period, and

(iii) the discontinuation of any discontinued operations but, in the case of Fixed Charges, only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to the Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary following the transaction date

that have occurred since the beginning of the reference period as if such events had occurred, and, in the case of any disposition, the proceeds thereof applied, on the first day of the reference period. To the extent that pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition or disposition of a company, division or line of business, the pro forma calculation will be based upon the most recent four full fiscal quarters for which the relevant financial information is available.

“ Fixed Charges ” means, for any period, the sum of

(a) Interest Expense for such period; and

- 9 -

(b) the product of

(i) (x) cash and non-cash dividends paid on any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Equity Interests of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary plus (y) without duplication, declared, accrued or accumulated on any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case except for dividends payable in the Company’s Qualified Stock or paid to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary, and

(ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the sum of the currently effective combined Federal, state, local and foreign tax rate applicable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“ Foreign Currency Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company against fluctuations in currency values.

“ Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not incorporated, formed or organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“ GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which are applicable as of the date of determination; provided that, except as otherwise specifically provided, all calculations made for purposes of determining compliance with the terms of the provisions of this Indenture shall utilize GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date.

“ Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.01(b) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

“ Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.01 or 2.06 hereof.

“ Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed or insured by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged (in each case including a certificate representing an ownership interest in such obligations).

“ guarantee ” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

“ Guarantee ” means a guarantee by a Guarantor of the Notes.

“ Guarantor ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that guarantees the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes on or after the date of this Indenture pursuant to Section 4.13.

- 10 -

“ Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates.

“ Holder ” means, with respect to any Note, the Person in whose name such Note is registered with the Registrar.

“ IAI ” means an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

“ IAI Global Note ” means a global note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to IAIs.

“ Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, but excluding, in any case, any undrawn letters of credit) or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including pursuant to capital leases) or representing any Hedging Obligations or Foreign Currency Obligations, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing (other than Hedging Obligations or Foreign Currency Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, and also includes, to the extent not otherwise included, the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, the liquidation preference with respect to, any Preferred Equity Interests (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends) as well as the guarantee of items that would be included within this definition.

In no event shall the term “Indebtedness” include (a) any indebtedness under any overdraft or cash management facilities so long as any such indebtedness is repaid in full no later than five Business Days following the date on which it was incurred or in the case of such indebtedness in respect of credit or purchase cards, within 60 days of its incurrence, (b) obligations in respect of performance, appeal or other surety bonds or completion guarantees or in respect of reimbursement obligations for undrawn letters of credit, bankers’ guarantees or bankers’ acceptances (whether or not secured by a lien), each incurred in the ordinary course of business and not as a part of a financing transaction, (c) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes not more than thirty (30) days past due, (d) any balances that constitute accrued expenses, accounts payable, trade payables, deferred revenue or deferred rent in the ordinary course of business, or (e) any obligations in respect of a lease properly classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP.

“ Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“ Independent Financial Advisor ” means a Person or entity which, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, is independent and otherwise qualified to perform the task for which it is to be engaged.

- 11 -

“ Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

“ Initial Notes ” means the $48,307,000 in aggregate principal amount of 8% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018 of the Company issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date, but excluding the Additional Notes.

“ Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the consolidated interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent not included in such consolidated interest expense, and to the extent incurred, accrued or payable by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, without duplication, (a) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs (other than any such amortization resulting from the issuance of the Notes or any other Indebtedness Incurred on or prior to the Issue Date), (b) capitalized interest, (c) non-cash interest expense (excluding non-cash interest expense attributable to required marking-to-market of obligations under Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments in accordance with GAAP or non-cash interest expense attributable to required marking-to-market of obligations due to changes in fair or market value of tradable securities in accordance with GAAP), (d) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances and similar instruments, (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to Hedging Obligations (including the amortization of fees) and (f) any of the above expenses with respect to Indebtedness of another Person guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent of such expenses accruing after such guarantee is called upon, as determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.

“ Interest Payment Date ” means July 15 and January 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 2014.

“ Investment Grade ” designates a rating of BBB- or higher by S&P and Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by S&P or Moody’s.

“ Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions, purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP (excluding accounts receivable, deposits and prepaid expenses in the ordinary course of business, endorsements for collection or deposits arising in the ordinary course of business, guarantees and intercompany notes permitted by Section 4.09, and commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business). For purposes of Section 4.07, the sale of Equity Interests of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary following which such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Company in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the Equity Interests of such Person held by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately following such sale.

“ Issue Date ” means the first date on which Notes under this Indenture are issued.

“ Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

“ Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof).

- 12 -

“ Market Disruption Event ” means (a) a failure by the primary U.S. exchange or quotation system on which the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, trades or is quoted (or if the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, are no longer traded or quoted on any such U.S. exchange or quotation system but are listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange) to open for trading during its regular trading session or (b) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m. New York City time (or 1:00 p.m. Tel Aviv, Israel time if the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, are no longer traded or quoted on any U.S. exchange or quotation system but are listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange) on any Trading Day for the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, of an aggregate on half-hour period, of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, or in any options, contracts or future contracts relating to the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, traded in the United States (or Israel if the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, are no longer traded or quoted on any U.S. exchange or quotation system but are listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange).

“ Marketable Securities ” means: (a) Government Securities; (b) any certificate of deposit maturing not more than 365 days after the date of acquisition issued by, or time deposit of, an Eligible Institution; (c) commercial paper maturing not more than 365 days after the date of acquisition issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) with a rating by at least two nationally recognized statistical rating organizations in one of each such organization’s four highest generic rating categories at the time as of which any investment therein is made, issued or offered by an Eligible Institution; (d) any bankers’ acceptances or money market deposit accounts issued or offered by an Eligible Institution; (e) debt securities which (i) have a remaining maturity not to exceed five years at the time of acquisition thereof and (ii) are rated at least A (or the equivalent) or higher by S&P and A2 (or the equivalent) or higher by Moody’s at the time of acquisition thereof; and (f) any fund investing exclusively in investments of the types described in clauses (a) through (e) above.

“Maturity Date” means December 31, 2018

“ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“ Net Income ” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP.

“ Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in respect of any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions) , any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (estimated reasonably and in good faith by the Company and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), and any amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale, any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets and any reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters, or against any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale, and all distributions and payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of any such Asset Sale of assets of such Subsidiary or joint venture. Net Proceeds shall exclude any non-cash proceeds received from any Asset Sale, but shall include such proceeds when and as converted by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to cash, and shall exclude any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the asset or assets subject to the Asset Sale.

- 13 -

“ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“ Notes ” means the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes.

“ Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

“ Observation Period ” with respect to any Note surrendered for conversion means: (i) if the relevant Conversion Date occurs prior to the 24 th Trading Day prior to the Maturity Date, the 20 consecutive Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the second Trading Day immediately succeeding the Conversion Date; and (ii) if the relevant Conversion Date occurs on or after the 24 th Trading Day prior to the Maturity Date, the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on, and including, the 22nd Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date.

“ Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, Controller, Secretary or any Vice President of such Person, or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors.

“ Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of such Person or of such Person’s partner or managing member, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of such Person or of such Person’s partner or managing member, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05.

“ Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion from legal counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 12.05.

“ Ordinary Shares ” means the ordinary shares, par value NIS 15.00, of Parent, subject to Section 11.09.

“ Parent Company Event ” means any share dividend or other distribution, rights offering, unification of capital, stock split or reduction in capital by Parent, the record date or Ex-Date for which is a date on which the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange rules would prohibit conversion of Notes or any portion thereof.

“ Parent Registration Rights Agreement ” means the registration rights agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, made by and among the Parent and the holders of the Notes party thereto.

“ Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary.

“ Permitted Business ” means the businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries conducted (or proposed to be conducted) on the Issue Date and any business reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto and any reasonable extension or evolution of any of the foregoing, whether domestic or international.

- 14 -

“ Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) Investments in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) Investments in Cash Equivalents or Marketable Securities;

(d) Investments by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in a Person if, as a result of such Investment: (i) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(e) Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in satisfaction of judgments or as payment on a claim made in connection with any bankruptcy, liquidation, receivership or other insolvency proceeding;

(f) Investments in existence on the Issue Date;

(g) Investments in any Person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash portion (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any consideration that is deemed cash for purposes of Section 4.10) of the consideration received for an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10 or for an asset disposition that does not constitute an Asset Sale;

(h) loans or advances or other similar transactions with customers, distributors, clients, developers, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, regardless of frequency;

(i) other Investments in an amount not to exceed $2.0 million outstanding at any time for all such Investments made after the Issue Date;

(j) any Investment solely in exchange for the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock;

(k) any Investment in connection with Hedging Obligations and Foreign Currency Obligations otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(l) any contribution of any Investment in a joint venture or partnership that is not a Restricted Subsidiary to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for an Investment in the Person to whom such contribution is made;

(m) loans and advances to employees not in excess of $1.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; and

(n) lease, utility, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, performance and other deposits made in the ordinary course of business.

“ Permitted Liens ” means:

(a) Liens securing the Notes and Liens securing any Guarantee;

- 15 -

(b) Liens securing Indebtedness under any Credit Facility (and Hedging Obligations and treasury and cash management obligations to the extent such Liens arise under the definitive documentation governing such Indebtedness and the incurrence of such obligations is not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(2);

(c) Liens securing (i) Hedging Obligations and Foreign Currency Obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 and (ii) cash management obligations not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(d) Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the assets so acquired, constructed, installed, improved or leased, products and proceeds, improvements or accessions thereof and insurance proceeds with respect thereto;

(e) Liens on property or shares of Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger or consolidation and do not apply to any assets other than the assets of the Person acquired in such merger or consolidation;

(f) Liens on property of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that it is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or contemplation of, such designation;

(g) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition and do not extend to any assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property so acquired, products and proceeds thereof and insurance proceeds with respect thereto;

(h) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds or performance bonds, or landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s or other like Liens, in any case incurred in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate process of law, if a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as is required by GAAP is made therefor;

(i) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(j) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies or claims that are not yet delinquent for a period of more than 30 days or that can thereafter be paid without penalty or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP is made therefor;

(k) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09(b)(9); provided that such Liens shall not extend to assets other than the assets that secure such Indebtedness being Refinanced;

(l) Liens (other than Liens created or imposed under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) incurred or deposits made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

- 16 -

(m) easements, rights-of-way, covenants, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances not, in any material respect, impairing the use of the encumbered property for its intended purposes;

(n) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(o) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods and Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements that constitute Cash Equivalents;

(p) normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash, Cash Equivalents or Marketable Securities in favor of banks or other depository or financial institutions;

(q) Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection;

(r) Liens securing Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 4.09(b)(13);

(s) Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor;

(t) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which solely encumber goods and/or documents of title and other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof;

(u) extensions, renewals, replacements, Refinancings or refundings of any Liens referred to in clause (e), (g) or (i) above; provided that any such extension, renewal, Refinancing or refunding does not extend to any assets or secure any Indebtedness not securing or secured by the Liens being extended, renewed, replaced, Refinanced or refunded;

(v) judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(w) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or credited for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;

(x) Liens arising under consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(y) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company in the ordinary course of business;

(z) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers;

- 17 -

(aa) Liens granted by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in favor of the Company or a Guarantor;

(bb) Liens arising in connection with Cash Equivalents described in clause (d) of the definition of the term “Cash Equivalents”;

(cc) deposits as security for contested taxes and contested import or customs duties;

(dd) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof granted in the ordinary course of business to secure the financing of insurance premiums with respect thereto;

(ee) Liens in favor of credit card processors granted in the ordinary course of business; and

(ff) other Liens securing Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding or other obligations having an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $1.0 million.

“ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government (including any agency or political subdivision thereof) or any other entity.

“ Preferred Equity Interest ” in any Person, means an Equity Interest of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over Equity Interests of any other class in such Person.

“ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.01(c) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions hereof.

“ Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) incurred (within 365 days of such purchase) to finance or refinance the purchase (including in the case of Capital Lease Obligations the lease), construction, installation or improvement of any assets used or useful in a Permitted Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or through the purchase of Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets); provided that the amount of Indebtedness thereunder does not exceed the sum of (a) 100% of the purchase cost of such assets and costs incurred in such construction, installation or improvement and (b) reasonable fees and expenses of such Person incurred in connection therewith.

“ QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

“ Qualified Capital Stock ” means any Capital Stock of the Company that is not Disqualified Stock.

“ Refinance ” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for or to consolidate, such Indebtedness. “ Refinanced ” and “ Refinancing ” shall have correlative meanings.

“ Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the June 30 or December 31 next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

- 18 -

“ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

“ Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in an initial denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

“ Responsible Officer ” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

“ Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“ Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

“ Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

“ Restricted Period ” means the relevant 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

“ Restricted Subsidiary ” or “ Restricted Subsidiaries ” means any Subsidiary, other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

“ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

“ Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“ Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“ Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on any assets of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

“ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“ Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Company Registration Rights Agreement.

“ Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.

- 19 -

“ Specified Dollar Amount ” means the maximum cash amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes to be received upon conversion as specified in the Settlement Notice specifying the Company’s chosen Settlement Method.

“ Subordinated Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be. No Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary solely by virtue of any Liens, guarantees, maturity of payments or structural subordination.

“ Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof.

“ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date hereof, except as provided in Section 9.03 hereof.

“ Trading Day ” means a day on which (a) trading in the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, generally occurs on the primary U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, are listed or, if the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, are not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the primary other market on which the Common Equity or American Depositary Shares, as applicable, are then traded and (b) there is no Market Disruption Event.

“ Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association until a successor replaces U.S. Bank National Association in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

“ Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

“ Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend.

“ Unrestricted Subsidiary ” or “ Unrestricted Subsidiaries ” means: (a) any Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company in accordance with Section 4.18; and (b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“ U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

“ Volume Weighted Average Price ” means the per share volume weighted average price of Ordinary Shares as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page “TSEM<equity>AQR” (or its equivalent if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such Trading Day; or, if such price is not available, the Volume Weighted Average Price means the market value of one Ordinary Share on such Trading Day, using a volume-weighted average method, as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company. The Volume Weighted Average Price shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session’s trading hours.

- 20 -

“ Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the total of the product obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

Term	Defined in Section
“Affiliate Transaction”	4.11(a)
“Additional Shares”	11.21(a)
“Cash Percentage”	11.03(d)
“Cash Settlement”	11.03(a)
“Change of Control Offer”	4.15(a)
“Change of Control Payment”	4.15(a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”	4.15(a)
“Combination Settlement”	11.03(a)
“Company”	Preamble
“Conversion Consideration”	11.01
“Conversion Date”	11.02(a)
“Conversion Obligation”	11.01
“Conversion Rate”	11.01
“Covenant Defeasance”	8.04
“Disposition”	“Change of Control”
“Distributed Assets”	11.07(c)
“DTC”	2.01(b)
“Effective Date”	11.21(c)
“Event of Default”	6.01
“Excess Proceeds”	4.10(c)
“Excess Proceeds Offer”	3.08(a)
“Expiration Date”	11.07(e)
“incur”	4.09
“Initial Lien”	4.12
“Legal Defeasance”	8.03
“Merger Event”	11.09
“Net Share Settlement”	11.03(e)
“Net Share Settlement Election”	11.03(e)
“Offer Amount”	3.08(b)
“Offer Period”	3.08(b)
“Parent”	Preamble
“Paying Agent”	2.03
“Payment Default”	6.01(f)
“Physical Settlement”	11.03(a)
“Purchase Date”	3.08(b)
“Reference Period”	11.07(c)
“Reference Property”	11.09
“Refinancing Indebtedness”	4.09(b)(10)
“Registrar”	2.03
“Restricted Payments”	4.07(a)
“Rights”	11.19
“Settlement Method”	11.03(a)
“Settlement Notice”	11.03(c)
“Shareholders Rights Plan”	11.19
“Spin-Off”	11.07(c)
“Trigger Event”	11.08
“Unit of Reference Property”	11.09

- 21 -

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part hereof.

The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“ indenture securities ” means the Notes;

“ indenture security holder ” means a Holder of a Note;

“ indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;

“ indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and

“ obligor ” on the Notes means each of the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by reference to another statute or defined by the Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires,

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(3) “or” is not exclusive and “including” means “including without limitation”;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time.

- 22 -

SECTION 1.05. Acts of Holders; Record Dates.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders shall be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in Person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose hereof and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such Person the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such Person’s individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such Person’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The Company may, in the circumstances permitted by the TIA, fix any date as the record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, or to vote on any action, authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. If not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or, in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, the record date for any such action or vote shall be the 30th day (or, if later, the date of the most recent list of Holders required to be provided pursuant to Section 2.05 hereof) prior to such first solicitation or vote, as the case may be. With regard to any record date, only the Holders on such date (or their duly designated proxies) shall be entitled to give or take, or vote on, the relevant action.

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating.

(a) The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, the terms of which are incorporated in and made a part hereof. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements approved as to form by the Company, and required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

- 23 -

(b) The Notes shall initially be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes and The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), its nominees, and their respective successors, shall act as the Depositary with respect thereto. Each Global Note (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions, and (iii) shall bear a Global Note Legend in substantially the following form:

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

(c) Except as permitted by Section 2.06(g) hereof, any Note not registered under the Securities Act shall bear the following Private Placement Legend on the face thereof:

THIS SECURITY AND THE ORDINARY SHARES, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY, NOR THE ORDINARY SHARES, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY, NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN OR THEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY [INSERT FOR REGULATION S NOTES: PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF] ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO A “NON-U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF, AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH, REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. [INSERT FOR REGULATION S NOTES: THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.]

- 24 -

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE.

The Private Placement Legend shall be deemed removed from the face of any Note without further action of the Company, the Trustee or the Holder of such Note at such time as the Company shall have delivered an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that the Private Placement Legend can be removed because such Note may be resold to the public in accordance with Rule 144 or any successor provision thereof without regard to volume, manner of sale or any other restrictions contained in Rule 144 (other than the holding period requirement in paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of Rule 144 so long as such holding period requirement is satisfied at such time of determination) by Holders that are not Affiliates of the Company. To effect the foregoing, the Company shall comply with all Applicable Procedures.

(d) Any certificate representing Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of any Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (unless such Ordinary Shares have been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer, or pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or similar provision then in force under the Securities Act):

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. THIS SECURITY, NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN OR THEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO A “NON-U.S. PERSON” AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF, AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH, REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRANSFER AGENT’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE.

- 25 -

SECTION 2.02. Form of Execution and Authentication .

An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

The Trustee shall authenticate (i) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $48,307,000 and (ii) Additional Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000, in each case upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate. The Officers’ Certificate shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the securities are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding on the date of authentication, and shall further specify the amount of such Notes to be issued as Global Notes or Definitive Notes. Such Notes shall initially be in the form of one or more Global Notes, which (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, the Notes to be issued, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instruction. All Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and no series of Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

- 26 -

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (including any co-registrar, the “ Registrar ”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without prior notice to any Holder of a Note. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing and the Trustee shall notify the Holders of the Notes of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Company may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions hereof that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.07 hereof.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes.

SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust.

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by such Paying Agent to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. If the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes all money held by it as Paying Agent.

SECTION 2.05. Lists of Holders of the Notes.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders of the Notes and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders of the Notes, including the aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by each thereof, and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

- 27 -

SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes, subject to any applicable laws, only if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that (A) the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or (B) the Depositary is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary, (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee or (iii) upon request of the Trustee or Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In any such case, the Company will notify the Trustee in writing that, upon surrender by the Participants and Indirect Participants of their interests in such Global Note, certificated Notes will be issued to each Person that such Participants, Indirect Participants and DTC jointly identify as being the beneficial owner of the related Notes. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06. However, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in paragraph (b) or (c) below.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth in this Indenture to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with the applicable subparagraphs below.

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided, however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, no transfer of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person unless permitted by applicable law and made in compliance with subparagraphs (ii) and (iii) below. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this subparagraph (i) unless specifically stated above.

- 28 -

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to subparagraph (i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase, or (B) (1) if Definitive Notes are at such time permitted to be issued pursuant to this Indenture, a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to paragraph (h) below.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of subparagraph (ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in an IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of subparagraph (ii) above, and

(A) [Intentionally omitted];

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Company Registration Rights Agreement;

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(y) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof, or

- 29 -

(z) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (5) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(i) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, subject to Section 2.06(a), upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in an IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof; or

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (4)(b) thereof.

- 30 -

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to paragraph (h) below, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the certificate a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this subparagraph (i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a), a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if

(A) [Intentionally omitted];

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Company Registration Rights Agreement;

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(y) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(z) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (5) thereof,

(iii) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a), if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in subparagraph (b)(ii) above, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to paragraph (h) below, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the certificate a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this subparagraph (c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this subparagraph (c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

- 31 -

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

(i) Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in the case of clause (D) above, the IAI Global Note.

(ii) Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if

(A) [Intentionally omitted]

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Company Registration Rights Agreement;

- 32 -

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(y) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(z) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (5) thereof;

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this subparagraph (d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Transfer and Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from an Unrestricted Definitive Note or a Restricted Definitive Note, as the case may be, to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes, as the case may be, so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this paragraph (e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this paragraph (e).

(i) Transfer of Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

- 33 -

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including, if the Registrar so requests, a certification or Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.

(ii) Transfer and Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes for Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if

(A) [Intentionally omitted]

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Company Registration Rights Agreement;

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(y) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit D hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(z) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the applicable certifications in item (5) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Transfer of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) [Intentionally omitted]

- 34 -

(g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the faces of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions hereof.

(i) Private Placement Legend .

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note (other than an Unrestricted Global Note) and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the Private Placement Legend.

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear the Global Note Legend.

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.02, 2.10, 3.06, 3.08 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(iv) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits hereof, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

- 35 -

(v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business on a Business Day 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes and ending at the Close of Business on the day of such mailing or (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

(viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(ix) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(x) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes .

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon the written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements for replacements of Notes are met. The Holder must supply an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent or any authenticating agent from any loss, expense, claim or liability which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note including reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel and of the Trustee and its counsel.

Every replacement Note is an obligation of the Company.

- 36 -

SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to accrue.

Subject to Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Responsible Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so considered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company pursuant to an exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be owned by the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of the Company until legal title to such Notes passes to the Company, such Subsidiary or such Affiliate, as the case may be.

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes.

Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company and the Trustee consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of the written order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company, shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Notes.

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange, conversion or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, conversion, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of all canceled Notes in its customary manner (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act), unless the Company directs copies of canceled Notes to be returned to it. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

- 37 -

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest.

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders of the Notes on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be at the earliest practicable date but in all events at least five Business Days prior to the payment date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Company shall, with the consent of the Trustee, fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or the Trustee, in the name of and at the expense of the Company) shall mail to Holders of the Notes a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

SECTION 2.13. Record Date.

The record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of the Notes entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA §316(c).

SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Number.

The Company in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number and, if it does so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP number.

ARTICLE 3

NO REDEMPTION; EXCESS PROCEEDS OFFER

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

If the Company is required to make an Excess Proceeds Offer pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof, it shall furnish the Trustee, at least five (unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee) but not more than ten Business Days before the applicable purchase date, an Officers’ Certificate of the Company setting forth (i) the purchase date, (ii) the principal amount of Notes offered to be purchased and (iii) the purchase price.

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Purchased.

If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders and other parity Indebtedness tendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes and other parity Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased).

- 38 -

SECTION 3.03. [Reserved].

SECTION 3.04. [Reserved].

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Purchase Price.

On or prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on any Purchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the purchase price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be purchased.

On and after the Purchase Date, if the Company does not default in the payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes accepted for payment on such Purchase Date. If any Note accepted for payment shall not be so paid upon surrender for purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Purchase Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes.

SECTION 3.06. Notes Purchased in Part.

Upon surrender and cancellation of a Definitive Note that is purchased in part in connection with an Excess Proceeds Offer, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder of such Note, at the expense of the Company, a new Definitive Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Definitive Note surrendered.

SECTION 3.07. No Optional Redemption.

The Company shall have no right to redeem the Notes prior to the Maturity Date.

SECTION 3.08. Excess Proceeds Offer.

(a) When the cumulative amount of Excess Proceeds that have not been applied in accordance with Section 4.10 exceeds $2.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes (an “ Excess Proceeds Offer ”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of such Excess Proceeds (or the pro rata amount of Excess Proceeds available to the Notes as contemplated by this paragraph (a)) at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date fixed for the closing of such offer in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. To the extent the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is required under the terms of Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness), the Company shall also make a pro rata offer to the holders of such Indebtedness (including the Notes) with such proceeds. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other parity Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of such Excess Proceeds, the Notes and other parity Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis. To the extent that the principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Excess Proceeds Offer is less than the amount of such Excess Proceeds available to purchase Notes, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture. Upon completion of an Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

- 39 -

(b) The Excess Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required or a shorter period is permitted by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Company shall purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and parity Indebtedness that may be purchased with such Excess Proceeds (which maximum principal amount of Notes and parity Indebtedness shall be the “ Offer Amount ”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Excess Proceeds Offer.

(c) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws, rules and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws, rules and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes required in the event of an Excess Proceeds Offer and shall not be deemed to have violated or breached the Company’s obligations under this Section 3.08 as a result thereof.

(d) If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the Close of Business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer.

(e) Upon the commencement of any Excess Proceeds Offer, the Company shall send, by first class mail (or, if the Notes are held in book-entry form, send by electronic transmission in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary) a notice to each of the Holders of the Notes, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Excess Proceeds Offer, shall state:

(i) that the Excess Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.08 and the length of time the Excess Proceeds Offer shall remain open;

(ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(v) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Excess Proceeds Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days before the Purchase Date;

(vi) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, Depositary or Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is unconditionally withdrawing his election to have the Note purchased;

- 40 -

(vii) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders and other parity Indebtedness tendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes and other parity Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and

(viii) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.

(f) On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes or portion thereof tendered, and deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.08. The Company, Depositary or Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Note tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note, to such Holder equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Excess Proceeds Offer on the Purchase Date.

(g) Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce revolving indebtedness under a Credit Facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in Cash Equivalents or Marketable Securities.

(h) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.08, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.08 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes.

(a) The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by or on behalf of the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

(b) The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

- 41 -

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

SECTION 4.03. Reports.

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, each of the Company and Parent shall furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes, within 15 days after it is or would be required to be filed with the Commission, (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K or 20-F, as applicable, if the Company or Parent was required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company or Parent, respectively, and (ii) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K or 6-K, as applicable, if the Company or Parent were required to file such reports; provided , however , that to the extent such reports are filed with the Commission and publicly available, such reports shall be deemed to have been furnished to the Trustee and the Holders and no additional copies need be provided to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Notes; provided , further , that the Trustee shall not be responsible for determining whether the filing of such reports has occurred.

(b) The Company and Parent will file the information described in Section 4.03(a) with the Commission to the extent that the Commission is accepting such filings. In addition, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the Commission with certain information pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) of the Exchange Act, the Company will furnish to the Holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c) The Company shall provide the Trustee with a sufficient number of copies of all reports and other documents and information that the Trustee may be required to deliver to the Holders of the Notes under this Section 4.03.

- 42 -

(d) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers' Certificates).

SECTION 4.04. Compliance Certificate.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate of the Company stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company and Guarantors have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to his or her knowledge each such entity is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall exist, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action each is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

SECTION 4.05. Taxes.

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies imposed upon the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries except as contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance hereof; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) Neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly:

(i) pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of any Equity Interests of the Company other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any of the Company’s Equity Interests or any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than (x) Subordinated Indebtedness within one year of the stated maturity date thereof and (y) any such Equity Interests or Subordinated Indebtedness owned by the Company or by any Restricted Subsidiary;

- 43 -

(iii) pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of any Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, other than:

(A) to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(B) to all holders of any class or series of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis; or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment

(all such prohibited payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) after giving effect to the incurrence of any Indebtedness the net proceeds of which are used to finance such Restricted Payment, the Company is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness in compliance with Section 4.09(a); and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other Restricted Payments made after the Issue Date, is less than the sum of:

(A) 50% of the aggregate amount of the Consolidated Net Income accrued on a cumulative basis during the period, taken as one accounting period, beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs and ending on the last day of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or in the case that such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit, plus

(B) an amount equal to the sum of (x) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of any property or assets received by the Company from the issue or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (other than Equity Interests sold to any of the Company’s Subsidiaries), following the Issue Date and (y) the aggregate amount by which Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Subsidiary) incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date is reduced on the Company’s balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange thereof into Qualified Capital Stock (less the amount of any cash, or the fair market value of assets, distributed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange); plus

(C) if any Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated by the Company as a Restricted Subsidiary, an amount equal to the fair market value of the net Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation; provided , however , that the foregoing amount shall not exceed the amount of Restricted Investments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any such Unrestricted Subsidiary following the Issue Date which reduced the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (3) less amounts received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Unrestricted Subsidiary that increased the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (D) below; plus

(D) 100% of any cash dividends and other cash distributions received by the Company and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries from an Unrestricted Subsidiary since the Issue Date to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income; provided , however , that the foregoing amount shall not exceed the amount of Restricted Investments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any such Unrestricted Subsidiary following the Issue Date which reduced the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (3); plus

- 44 -

(E) to the extent not included in clauses (A) through (D) above, an amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments of the Company and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries following the Issue Date resulting from payments in cash of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, or repayment of loans or advances, or other transfers of property, in each case, to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary or from the net cash proceeds from the sale, conveyance, liquidation or other disposition of any such Restricted Investment, not to exceed the amount of such Restricted Investment so made.

(b) The foregoing provisions will not prohibit the following ( provided that with respect to clause (6) below, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing):

(1) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions hereof;

(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of (x) any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net proceeds of the substantially concurrent issue or sale of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (other than Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) issued or sold to any Subsidiary) or (y) Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance and sale of, Qualified Capital Stock, (B) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent incurrence of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under clause (9) of Section 4.09(b) or other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09 or (C) with the Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale or upon a Change of Control, in each case with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness redeemed, repurchased, retired or acquired under this clause (C), to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness but only if the Company shall have previously applied such Net Proceeds to make an Excess Proceeds Offer or made a Change of Control Offer, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 3.08 or 4.15, as applicable, and purchased all Notes validly tendered pursuant to the relevant offer prior to redeeming or repurchasing such Subordinated Indebtedness;

(3) the accrual, declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or shares of Preferred Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09;

(4) repurchases or other acquisitions of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants or upon the vesting of restricted stock units if such Equity Interests represent the exercise price of such options or warrants or represent withholding taxes due upon such exercise or vesting;

(5) Restricted Payments in an amount not to exceed $2.0 million;

(6) the purchase of Equity Interests or options, warrants, equity appreciation rights or other rights to purchase or acquire Equity Interests of the Company held by any existing or former employees, management or directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management, employees or directors; provided that such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause (6) during any calendar year will not exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years);

- 45 -

(7) the purchase of fractional shares of Capital Stock of the Company arising out of stock dividends, splits or combinations or mergers, consolidations or other acquisitions or the payment of cash in lieu of fractional shares upon the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exercisable for Capital Stock of the Company;

(8) in connection with any acquisition by the Company or by any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the receipt or acceptance of the return to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries constituting a portion of the purchase price consideration in settlement of indemnification claims or as a result of a purchase price adjustment (including earn-outs and similar obligations);

(9) the honoring of any conversion request by a holder of any convertible Indebtedness that is convertible into Capital Stock of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and the making of cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any conversion of convertible Indebtedness in accordance with the terms of any convertible Indebtedness; and

(10) payments or distributions to stockholders in an amount not to exceed $1.0 million pursuant to appraisal rights required under applicable law in connection with any merger, consolidation or other acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

(c) Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 4.07(a) and clause (1) of Section 4.07(b) shall be included as Restricted Payments in any computation made pursuant to clause (3) of Section 4.07(a). Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (2) through (10) of Section 4.07(b) shall not be included as Restricted Payments in any computation made pursuant to clause (3) of Section 4.07(a).

(d) If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary makes a Restricted Investment and the Person in which such Investment was made subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent such Investment resulted in a reduction in the amounts calculated under clause (3) of Section 4.07(a) or under any other provision of this Section 4.07 (which was not subsequently reversed), then such amount shall be increased by the amount of such reduction.

(e) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, (i) the amount of any Restricted Payment shall be counted only once, and (ii) if a Restricted Payment (A) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described in clauses (1) through (10) of Section 4.07(b), or (B) is permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.07(a) and also meets the criteria of one or more of the categories described in clauses (1) through (10) of Section 4.07(b), or (C) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Investments and is also permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.07(a) and/or also meets the criteria of one or more categories described in clauses (1) through (10) of Section 4.07(b), the Company shall, in its sole discretion, divide and classify such Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07 and may from time to time reclassify such Restricted Payment in any manner in which such item could be incurred at the time such Restricted Payment was made.

- 46 -

SECTION 4.08. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) pay dividends or make any other distribution to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or

(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(b) The foregoing limitations shall not apply to any such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) Existing Indebtedness and existing agreements as in effect on the Issue Date;

(2) applicable law, regulation, order, approval, license, permit, grant or similar restriction, in each case issued or imposed by a governmental authority;

(3) pursuant to an agreement existing at the time a Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or property is acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including those existing by reason of Acquired Debt); provided , however , that such encumbrances or restrictions were not created in anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such property being acquired and are not applicable to the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired;

(4) by reason of customary nonassignment provisions in leases, licenses and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

(5) Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

(6) this Indenture and the Notes or by the Company’s other Indebtedness ranking pari passu with the Notes; provided that such restrictions are no more restrictive taken as a whole than those imposed by this Indenture and the Notes;

(7) any Credit Facility;

(8) any agreement, contract or instrument entered into in connection with Permitted Liens to the extent imposing restrictions on the assets subject to such Liens;

(9) any agreement for the sale of any Subsidiary or its assets that restricts distributions by that Subsidiary (or sale of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests) pending its sale; provided that during the entire period in which such encumbrance or restriction is effective, such sale (together with any other sales pending) would be permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

- 47 -

(10) secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by this Indenture that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(11) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements which are applicable to the Equity Interests of such joint venture;

(12) Purchase Money Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 that imposes restrictions of the type described in clause (3) of Section 4.08(a) on the property so acquired;

(13) any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive as a whole with respect to such encumbrances and restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing;

(14) under any contract, instrument or agreement relating to Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary permitted under Section 4.09 which imposes restrictions solely on such Foreign Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries; or

(15) any restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or lessors or required by insurance, surety or bonding companies, in each case under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to (collectively, “ incur ”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Equity Interests; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt and the issuance of Disqualified Stock) and any Guarantor may issue Preferred Equity Interests, if, after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such Preferred Equity Interests and the application of the net proceeds thereof on a pro forma basis, the Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is not less than 2.5 to 1.0 and no Default or Event of Default would occur as a consequence of such incurrence or be continuing following such incurrence.

(b) The foregoing limitation will not apply to any of the following incurrences of Indebtedness:

(1) Indebtedness represented by the Notes issued on the Issue Date and the related Guarantees;

(2) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the excess of (x) $70.0 million over (y) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities permanently repaid pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.10(b);

- 48 -

(3) (x) Indebtedness among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any such Indebtedness owed by the Company or a Guarantor to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of the Notes or the Guarantees, as applicable, and (y) Preferred Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if such Preferred Equity Interests are issued by a Guarantor, such Preferred Equity Interests are held by the Company or a Guarantor;

(4) Existing Indebtedness;

(5) Indebtedness consisting of Purchase Money Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (when aggregated with the amount of Refinancing Indebtedness outstanding under clause (9) below in respect of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (5)) not to exceed $9.0 million outstanding at any time;

(6) Hedging Obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries covering Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Hedging Obligations are entered into for purposes of managing interest rate exposure of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for speculative purposes;

(7) Foreign Currency Obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into to manage exposure of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to fluctuations in currency values and not for speculative purposes;

(8) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees or letters of credit of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or surety or appeal bonds provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business and on ordinary business terms in connection with a Permitted Business;

(9) the incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness Refinancing, in whole or in part, Indebtedness referred to in Section 4.09(a) or in clause (1), (4) or (5) above or this clause (9) (“ Refinancing Indebtedness ”); provided , however , that:

(A) the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount and accrued interest of the Indebtedness so Refinanced and any premiums payable and reasonable fees, expenses, commissions and costs in connection therewith;

(B) the Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a final maturity equal to or later than, and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than, the final maturity and Weighted Average Life to Maturity, respectively, of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

(C) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Guarantees, the Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Guarantees on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and

(D) if the Indebtedness to be Refinanced was the obligation of the Company or Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall not be incurred by any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than a Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that was an obligor under the Indebtedness so Refinanced;

- 49 -

(10) additional Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding;

(11) the guarantee by the Company or any Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09 and the guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor of any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor;

(12) the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock;

(13) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $5.0 million;

(14) customary purchase price adjustments (including earn-outs) and indemnifications and similar obligations in connection with acquisition or disposition of stock or assets; and

(15) guarantees to suppliers, licensors or franchisees (other than guarantees of Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, (1) the outstanding principal amount of any item of Indebtedness shall be counted only once, and any obligation arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument supporting such Indebtedness incurred in compliance with this Section 4.09 shall be disregarded, and (2) if an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described in clauses (1) through (15) of Section 4.09(b) or is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) and also meets the criteria of one or more of the categories described in clauses (1) through (15) of Section 4.09(b), the Company shall, in its sole discretion, divide and classify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09 and may from time to time reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner in which such item could be incurred at the time of such reclassification.

(d) Accrual of interest, the accretion of original issue discount and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness of the same class, the accumulation of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent not paid), and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of additional shares of the same class shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09. Any increase in the amount of Indebtedness solely by reason of currency fluctuations shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09. A change in GAAP that results in an obligation existing at the time of such change, not previously classified as Indebtedness, becoming Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09.

(e) The amount of Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (1) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, (2) the principal amount thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness, (3) in the case of the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person, the maximum liability to which the specified Person may be subject upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation and (4) in the case of Indebtedness of others guaranteed by means of a Lien on any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset on the date on which Indebtedness is required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture and (B) the amount of the Indebtedness so secured.

- 50 -

(f) For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing.

SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Asset Sales.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Sale unless:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (determined as of the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets included in such Asset Sale (such fair market value to be determined by (i) an executive officer of the Company or such Subsidiary if the value is less than $5.0 million or (ii) in all other cases by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company (or of a committee appointed thereby for such purposes));

(2) at least 75% of the total consideration in such Asset Sale consists of cash or Cash Equivalents or Marketable Securities received at the closing of such Asset Sale; and

(3) the Company delivers Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee certifying that clauses (1) and (2) above have been complied with.

For purposes of clause (2) above, the following shall be deemed to be cash received at closing:

(A) the amount (without duplication) of any Indebtedness or other liabilities (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that is expressly assumed by the transferee in such Asset Sale and with respect to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is unconditionally released by the holder of such Indebtedness or liability,

(B) the amount of any obligations or securities received from such transferee that are within 180 days converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to cash (to the extent of the cash actually so received), and

- 51 -

(C) the fair market value (determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) of any assets received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to be used by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business.

(b) If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary engages in an Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply all or any of the Net Proceeds therefrom, at the Company’s election, to:

(1) repay, prepay, purchase, redeem or otherwise retire Indebtedness under any Credit Facility, and in the case of any such repayment under any revolving credit facility, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid;

(2) (A) invest all or any part of the Net Proceeds thereof in capital expenditures or the purchase of assets to be used by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business, (B) acquire Equity Interests in a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary or in a Person engaged primarily in a Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted Subsidiary immediately upon the consummation of such acquisition or (C) a combination of (A) and (B); or

(3) any combination of (1) and (2).

(c) Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied or invested (or committed pursuant to a written agreement to be applied) as provided in Section 4.10(b) within 365 days after the receipt thereof and, in the case of any amount committed to a reinvestment, which are not actually so applied within 180 days following such 365 day period shall constitute “ Excess Proceeds .”

SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Company shall not and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into any contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (including any Unrestricted Subsidiary) (each of the foregoing, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”), unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; provided that such transaction shall be deemed to be on terms at least as favorable as terms that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction with an unrelated Person (i) if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has obtained the favorable opinion of an independent certified public accounting firm, which may be the Company’s auditors, as to the fairness of such Affiliate Transaction to us or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view or (ii) if such transaction is approved by the members of (x) the Board of Directors of the Company or (y) any duly constituted committee thereof, in each case including a majority of the disinterested members thereof who meet the independence requirements of the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market; and

(2) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate payments in excess of $5.0 million, either (i) such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a resolution of the members of (x) the Board of Directors of the Company or (y) any duly constituted committee thereof, in each case including a majority of the disinterested members thereof who meet the independence requirements of the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, (ii) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has obtained the favorable opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor as to the fairness of such Affiliate Transaction to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view or (iii) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has obtained the favorable opinion of an independent certified public accounting firm, which may be the Company’s auditors, as to the fairness of such Affiliate Transaction to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view.

- 52 -

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall, in each case, not be deemed Affiliate Transactions:

(1) the payment of compensation (including fees, benefits, severance, change of control payments and incentive arrangements) to, and the reimbursement of expenses of, directors and management of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(2) indemnification or similar arrangements for officers, directors, employees or agents of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to charter, bylaw, statutory or contractual provisions;

(3) transactions between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 and Permitted Investments (other than transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate other than as a result of such Investment);

(5) any transactions between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Affiliate of the Company the Equity Interests of which Affiliate are owned solely by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and by persons who are not Affiliates of the Company or Restricted Subsidiaries, on the other hand;

(6) any agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and described in the Exchange Agreement and any modifications, extensions or renewals thereof that are no less favorable to the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary in any material respect than such agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

(7) so long as it complies with clause (1) of Section 4.11(a), customary transactions with suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

(8) transactions with Persons who are Affiliates of the Company solely as a result of the Company’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s Investment in such Person;

(9) loans and advances to directors, employees or officers made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with applicable laws, provided that such loans and advances do not exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

(10) the entering into, maintaining and performance of any employment contract, collective bargaining agreement, benefit plan, program or arrangement, related trust agreement or other similar arrangement, in each case in the ordinary course of business, for or with any employee, officer or director, including vacation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, retirement, savings or other similar plans; and

- 53 -

(11) so long as it complies with clause (1) of Section 4.11(a), a Consolidated Group Transaction.

SECTION 4.12. Limitation on Liens.

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or assume any Lien (the “ Initial Lien ”) on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or on any income or profits therefrom, except Permitted Liens unless provision is made so that the Notes are or will be secured by the assets subject to such Liens on an equal and ratable basis or on a basis prior to such Liens; provided that to the extent that such Lien secures Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes, such Lien shall be subordinated to and be later in priority than the Notes on the same basis for so long as such other Indebtedness is secured by such Liens.

Any Lien created to secure the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien and the Company may take such action, if any, as is necessary to memorialize such release and discharge.

SECTION 4.13. Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.

If the Company or any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, then such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and shall, within thirty (30) days after such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or created (i) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in form of Exhibit E hereto pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture on the terms set forth in this Indenture and (ii) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.14. Organizational Existence.

Subject to Article 5 hereof and the proviso to this Section 4.14, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its existence as a corporation and, subject to Section 4.10 hereof, the corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) subject to Section 4.10 hereof, the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 4.15. Change of Control.

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a cash purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of repurchase (subject to the rights of holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive payments of interest on the related interest payment date) (in either case, the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall provide notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15;

- 54 -

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and not later than 60 days after the date such notice is mailed or delivered (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

(3) that any Notes not tendered will continue to accrue interest in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the Close of Business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is unconditionally withdrawing its election to have such Notes purchased;

(6) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

(7) if the Company is making the election to make the Change of Control Payment in Common Equity or American Depositary Shares of the acquiring person;

(8) that if a Holder has exercised its right to require the Company to repurchase its Notes (or a portion thereof), such Holder may exercise its right to convert such Notes (or portion thereof) only if such Holder’s repurchase election with respect to such Notes has been withdrawn within the time frame and as otherwise provided in clause (5) above; and

(9) any other information material to such Holder’s decision to tender Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the acquiring person in the Change of Control transaction (i) is a corporation or limited liability company formed and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or any member country of the European Union and (ii) the corporate family rating of the acquiring person is Investment Grade, the Company may elect to pay all of the Change of Control Payment in such acquiring person’s Common Equity or American Depositary Shares that have been (x) registered under the Securities Act and with any U.S. governmental authority under any state law or any other federal law that is necessary for such shares to be validly issued or delivered, and (y) approved for listing on a U.S. national securities exchange, the London Stock Exchange or the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. The Company shall provide notice of such election, at the time it provides notice to the holders of the Change of Control Offer. If such election is made, on the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall deliver to holders tendering Notes in connection with such Change of Control Offer the number of shares of Common Equity or American Depositary Shares of such acquiring person equal to the Change of Control Payment payable to such holder divided by 97% of the Current Market Price of such acquiring person’s Common Equity or American Depositary Shares.

- 55 -

(b) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws, rules and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws, rules and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes required in the event of a Change of Control and shall not be deemed to have violated or breached the Company’s obligations under this Section 4.15 as a result of such compliance. The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to Change of Control Offer made by the Company. The Company’s obligations in respect of a Change of Control Offer can be modified with the consent of Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding at any time prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

SECTION 4.16. Payments for Consent.

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of a Note for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions hereof or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Holders of the Notes that are (i) QIBs, (ii) located outside of the United States or (iii) IAIs and, in each case, that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

SECTION 4.17. Limitation on Repayment and Exchanges of Existing Notes.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, exchange, purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Existing Notes for consideration that is not solely cash on terms more favorable to the holders thereof than the terms set forth in the Exchange Agreement unless such terms are offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Holders of the Notes that are (i) QIBs, (ii) located outside of the United States or (iii) IAIs and, in each case, that agree to have their Notes exchanged, purchased or otherwise acquired or retired in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such exchange, purchase, acquisition or retirement.

(b) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Existing Notes for cash consideration in excess of (i) $1,000 per $1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be so purchased, redeemed, acquired or retired, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and (ii) the then applicable redemption price of the Existing Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal thereof, whichever is greater.

SECTION 4.18. Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

(a) As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. After the Issue Date, the Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and:

(1) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of such Subsidiary, immediately after such designation: (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (other than another Unrestricted Subsidiary); (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (other than another Unrestricted Subsidiary) in any way; or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (other than another Unrestricted Subsidiary), or Equity Interests issued by such Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to satisfaction thereof;

- 56 -

(2) neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary (other than another Unrestricted Subsidiary) has any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding with such Subsidiary, written or oral, other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such other Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; and

(3) neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary (other than another Unrestricted Subsidiary) has any obligation: (i) to subscribe for additional shares of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary or other equity interests therein; or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Subsidiary’s financial condition or to cause such Subsidiary to achieve certain levels of operating results.

(b) If at any time after the Issue Date the Company designates an additional Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to have made a Restricted Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than ten Business Days following a request from the Trustee) of such Subsidiary.

(c) An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated as a Restricted Subsidiary if, at the time of such designation after giving pro forma effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing.

ARTICLE 5

SUCCESSORS

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

(a) The Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to, another Person unless:

(1) the Company is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyances or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided , however , that if the surviving Person is a limited liability company or limited partnership, such entity shall also form a co-Company that is a corporation;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), including any co-Company, or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made expressly assumes all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

- 57 -

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists;

(4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture; and

(5) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made (A) will have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio after the transaction (but prior to any purchase accounting adjustments or accrual of deferred tax liabilities resulting from the transaction) not less than the Company’s Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately preceding the transaction or (B) would, at the time of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a).

For purposes of this covenant, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which property and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (5) of Section 5.01(a):

(1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; and

(2) the Company may merge with a Restricted Subsidiary solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in any state of the United States or the District of Columbia so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

(c) Each Guarantor (other than any Guarantor whose Guarantee is to be released in accordance with the terms of such Guarantee and this Indenture) shall not, and the Company shall not cause or permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving entity) any Person other than the Company or a Guarantor (in each case, other than in accordance with Section 4.10) unless:

(1) the Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) is a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes and this Indenture;

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

(4) the Guarantor shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such merger, consolidation, sale or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture.

- 58 -

SECTION 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon satisfaction of Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture; provided that the predecessor company in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be released from any of the obligations or covenants under this Indenture and the Notes, including with respect to the payment of the Notes, and in all other cases the predecessor company shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

ARTICLE 6

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.

Each of the following constitutes an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or additional interest, if any, on the Notes;

(b) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at maturity, upon repurchase, redemption or otherwise;

(c) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations to convert the Notes in accordance with this Indenture upon exercise of a Holder’s conversion right, and such failure continues for three Business Days;

(d) failure to comply with the provisions described under Section 5.01;

(e) failure to comply with any obligations under the provisions described under Section 3.08 or 4.15 (other than a failure to purchase Notes duly tendered to the Company for repurchase pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or an Excess Proceeds Offer);

(f) default under any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, which default remains uncured for 60 days after notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the Notes;

(g) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), which default is caused by a failure to pay the principal of such Indebtedness at the final stated maturity thereof within the grace period provided in the agreements or instruments governing such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”), and the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default, aggregates $5.0 million or more;

(h) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), which default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity not rescinded or cured within 30 days after such acceleration, and the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated and remains undischarged after such 30 day period, aggregates $5.0 million or more;

- 59 -

(i) failure by the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments (other than any judgment as to which a reputable insurance company has accepted full liability) aggregating $5.0 million or more, which judgments remain unsatisfied or undischarged for any period of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgments shall not be in effect;

(j) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary of the Company shall be held in a judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor that qualifies as a Significant Subsidiary, or any person acting on behalf of any Guarantor that qualifies as a Significant Subsidiary, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Guarantee;

(k) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law (i) commences a voluntary case; (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; and

(l) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: (i) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary case; (ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company; or (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company, and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default specified in paragraph (k) or (l) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in Section 6.06 hereof. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in such Holders’ interest.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to the failure by the Company or Parent to comply with its obligations under Section 4.03 and for any failure by the Company to comply with the requirements of TIA §314(a)(1), shall for the first 120 days after the occurrence and during the continuance of such an Event of Default consist exclusively of the right to receive special interest on the Notes at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (the “ Special Interest ”). The Special Interest will be in addition to any Additional Interest that may accrue and be payable under the Company Registration Rights Agreement and will be payable in the same manner as Additional Interest accruing under the Company Registration Rights Agreement. The Special Interest will accrue on all outstanding Notes from and including the date on which an Event of Default relating to a failure to comply with Section 4.03 or the failure to comply with the requirements of TIA §314(a)(1) first occurs to but not including the 120th day thereafter (or such earlier date on which the Event of Default relating to such obligations shall have been cured or waived). After the 120th day (or earlier, if such Event of Default is cured or waived on or before such 120th day), such Special Interest will cease to accrue and, if such Event of Default has not been cured or waived prior to such 120 th day, then the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest on all such Notes to be due and payable immediately.

- 60 -

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes and this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium on, or principal of, the Notes. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose hereof; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with the law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if

(a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

- 61 -

(b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and the provision of indemnity; and

(e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes To Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder of the Note.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to commence a legal proceeding to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Company’s creditors or the Company’s property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of a Note to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders of the Notes, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties which the Holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Note any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder of a Note thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of a Note in any such proceeding.

- 62 -

SECTION 6.10. Priorities.

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any and interest, respectively; and

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct in writing.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes pursuant to this Article 6.

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care of a prudent Person in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions hereof and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

- 63 -

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements hereof. However, in the case of certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be furnished to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements hereof but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein.

(c) The Trustee shall not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph shall not limit Section 7.01(b);

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof; and

(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision hereof that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) Subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders of Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document (whether in original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

- 64 -

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(g) Except with respect to Section 4.01 hereof, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants in Article 4. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except (i) any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Sections 4.01(a), 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) hereof or (ii) any Default or Event of Default of which the Trustee shall have received written notification or obtained actual knowledge.

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(i) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

(j) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof, may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.

- 65 -

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.

(a) The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy hereof or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision hereof, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

(b) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults.

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default, the Trustee shall mail (or, if the Notes are held in book-entry form, send by electronic transmission) to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

This Section 7.06 shall not be operative as a part of this Indenture until this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. Within 60 days after each May 1, beginning with May 1, 2015, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which any Notes are listed. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing when any Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee for its acceptance hereof and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Company shall indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other Person), except any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as shall be determined to have been caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Trustee. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Trustee may retain counsel of its choice to defend any claim against it and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

- 66 -

The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge hereof or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except for money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on the Notes pursuant to Section 8.01(a)(1)(b). Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge hereof.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(k) or (l) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

- 67 -

If the Trustee after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

If a Trustee is removed without cause, all fees and expenses of the Trustee incurred in the administration of the trust or in the performance of the duties hereunder shall be paid to the Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, shall be subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $25 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Termination of the Company’s Obligations.

(a) The Company may terminate its Obligations as to all outstanding Notes and this Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect, except those obligations referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section 8.01, when

(1) either:

(a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

- 68 -

(b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable or within one year will become due and payable, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

(2) the Company has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by the Company; and

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; provided , however , that such counsel may rely, as to matters of fact, on a certificate or certificates of Officers of the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Section 8.01, the Company’s and the Parent’s obligations in Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 7.07, 7.08, 8.07, 8.08 and Article 11 hereof shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 7.08, 8.07 and 8.08 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

SECTION 8.02. Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 8.03 or 8.04 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

SECTION 8.03. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Discharge.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.02 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.06 hereof and the other Sections hereof referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to (i) receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, or on the redemption date, as the case may be and (ii) convert the Notes into Parent Ordinary Shares in accordance with the provisions of Article 11 hereof; (b) the Company’s and the Parent’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.10, 2.11, 4.02 and Article 11 hereof; (c) the rights, powers, trust, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and (d) this Section 8.03. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.03 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.04 hereof with respect to the Notes.

- 69 -

SECTION 8.04. Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.02 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.04, the Company shall be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.08, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 (other than existence of the Company (subject to Section 5.01)), 4.15 and 5.01 (except clauses (1) and (2) of Section 5.01(a)) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for GAAP). For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01(d) hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder hereof and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.02 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.04, clauses (d) through (i) of Section 6.01 shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.05. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.03 or Section 8.04 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

(a) the Company shall irrevocably have deposited with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, noncallable Government Securities or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable optional redemption date, as the case may be;

(b) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in each case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance, and will be subject to federal income tax in the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(c) in the case of an election under Section 8.04, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to such Trustee confirming that the holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

- 70 -

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit made by the Company pursuant to this Section 8.05 was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Notes over any of its other creditors or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any of its other creditors or others; and

(g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance under Section 8.03 hereof or the Covenant Defeasance under Section 8.04 hereof (as the case may be) relating to the Notes have been complied with as contemplated by this Section 8.05.

SECTION 8.06. Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.07 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.06, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.05 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.05 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.05(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.07. Repayment to Company.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on their request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as a general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustees thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that, before the Trustee or such Paying Agent is required to make any such repayment, the Company at its own expense shall cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

- 71 -

SECTION 8.08. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States Dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.03 or 8.04 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.03 or 8.04 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.03 or 8.04 hereof, as the case may be; provided , however , that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Company, the Parent, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees or any amended or supplemental indenture without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

(a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(b) to provide for uncertificated Notes or Guarantees in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or Guarantees ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code);

(c) to provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or such Guarantor’s assets;

(d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the rights under this Indenture of any Holder of the Notes;

(e) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment of a successor Trustee;

(f) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes;

- 72 -

(g) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualifications hereof under the TIA;

(h) to increase the Conversion Rate;

(i) to irrevocably elect a Settlement Method or a Specified Dollar Amount, or to eliminate the right to elect a Settlement Method;

(j) to provide collateral with respect to the Notes; or

(k) to add covenants or events of default for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and a resolution of the Board of Directors of each Guarantor and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 12.04 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms hereof and shall make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture which affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes.

The Company, the Parent, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees or any amended or supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes of such series), and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(a) reduce the aggregate principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(b) reduce the principal of, or change the fixed maturity of, any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than as provided in clause (h) below);

(d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (other than such a Default or Event of Default resulting from acceleration of the Notes that has been rescinded in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.05);

(e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or interest on the Notes;

(g) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer or Excess Proceeds Offer in the event of a Change of Control or Asset Sale, respectively, after such Change of Control or Asset Sale, as applicable, has occurred;

- 73 -

(h) except as expressly provided in Section 11 of this Indenture, decrease the Conversion Rate or modify the provisions of this Indenture relating to conversion of the Notes in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes;

(i) release all or substantially all of the Guarantees of the Guarantors other than in accordance with Article 10; or

(j) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.

The Company’s obligations in respect of a Change of Control Offer or Excess Proceeds Offer can be modified with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding at any time prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control or Asset Sale, respectively.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company and a resolution of the Board of Directors of each Guarantor, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.06 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail or deliver to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail or deliver such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or of the Notes.

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture and the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect, if this Indenture shall then be qualified under the TIA.

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder of a Note.

- 74 -

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modification thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall receive, and shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01. Guarantee.

Each of the Guarantors jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that

(a) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

(b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will be obligated to pay the same immediately.

Each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of a Note with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

- 75 -

Each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations guaranteed hereby. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise, or any custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or any Guarantor, to return to the Company or any Guarantor any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Obligations guaranteed hereby. Each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any Guarantee would constitute or result in a violation of any applicable fraudulent conveyance or similar law of any relevant jurisdiction, the liability of the applicable Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be reduced to the maximum amount permissible under such fraudulent conveyance or similar law.

The Guarantors hereby agree as among themselves that each Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under a Guarantee shall be entitled to a pro rata contribution from each other Guarantor hereunder based on the net assets of each other Guarantor determined in accordance with GAAP. The preceding sentence shall in no way affect the rights of the Holders of Notes to the benefits hereof, the Notes or the Guarantees.

Nothing in this Section 10.01 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.07 hereof. Nothing contained in this Section 10.01 or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall impair, as between any Guarantor and the Holder of any Note, the obligation of such Guarantor, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay to the Holder thereof the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes in accordance with their terms and the terms of the Guarantee and this Indenture, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Note from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law or hereunder or thereunder upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.

SECTION 10.02. Execution and Delivery of Guarantees.

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto shall be endorsed by an officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by any of its Officers. Each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee. If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Guarantee of a Guarantor no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which the Guarantee of such Guarantor is endorsed, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantees set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

- 76 -

SECTION 10.03. Releases from Guarantees.

The Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be deemed automatically discharged and released in accordance with the terms of this Indenture:

(a) in connection with any direct or indirect sale, conveyance or other disposition of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) following which such Guarantor ceases to be a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company if such sale is made in compliance with Section 4.10 and Section 5.01;

(b) if such Guarantor is dissolved or liquidated in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture;

(c) if the Company designates any such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(d) upon a discharge or defeasance of this Indenture in compliance with the terms of Article 8.

Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, including without limitation Section 4.10 or 5.01 hereof, if applicable, the Trustee shall execute any documents pursuant to written direction of the Company in order to evidence the release of any such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee. Any such Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

ARTICLE 11

CONVERSION

SECTION 11.01. Conversion Privilege.

Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 11, each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert all or any portion (if the portion to be converted is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at any time prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, at an initial Conversion Rate (subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 11, the “ Conversion Rate ”) of 99.3049 Ordinary Shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes. Upon conversion of any Notes, the Company shall deliver to the converting Holder cash, Ordinary Shares or a combination thereof, at the Company’s election, as described in Section 11.03 and subject to adjustment as set forth in this Article 11 (the Company’s obligation to deliver such consideration being herein called the “ Conversion Obligation ” and such consideration being herein called the “ Conversion Consideration ”).

- 77 -

SECTION 11.02. Conversion Procedures; Conversion Settlement.

(a) To convert a Note that is represented by a Certificated Note, a Holder must (1) complete and manually sign a Conversion Notice, a form of which is on the back of the Note, and deliver such Conversion Notice to the Conversion Agent, (2) surrender the Note to the Conversion Agent, (3) if required, furnish appropriate endorsement and transfer documents, (4) if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes and (5) if required, pay cash equal to the amount of interest due on the next Interest Payment Date for such Note. If a Holder holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note, to convert such beneficial interest, such Holder must comply with requirements (4) and (5) as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence and comply with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary for converting a beneficial interest in a Global Note. The first date on which all of the requirements set forth in the first sentence of this Section 11.02 (in the case of a Certificated Note) or the second sentence of this Section 11.02 (in the case of a Global Note or a beneficial interest therein) have been satisfied is referred to in this Indenture as the “ Conversion Date ;” provided, however, that so long as the Ordinary Shares are listed for trading on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, if the Conversion Date for any Note conversion would otherwise be deemed to occur on a record date of a Parent Company Event, or the Ex-Date with respect thereto if the Ex-Date occurs prior to the record date, then the Conversion Date for such Note conversion shall instead be deemed to occur on the Business Day immediately following such record date or Ex-Date, as the case may be. The Conversion Agent shall, within one (1) Business Day of any Conversion Date, provide notice to the Company and Parent, as set forth in Section 12.02, of the occurrence of such Conversion Date.

(b) A Note shall be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to the Close of Business on the Conversion Date. Subject to Section 11.09 and Section 11.11, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, the Conversion Consideration on the third Business Day immediately following the relevant Conversion Date, if the Company elects Physical Settlement, or on the third Business Day immediately following the last Trading Day of the relevant Observation Period, in the case of any other Settlement Method. If any Ordinary Shares are due to converting Holders, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued, and deliver to the Conversion Agent or such Holder, or such Holder’s nominee or nominees, certificates or book-entry transfer through the Depositary for the full number of Ordinary Shares to which such Holder shall be entitled in satisfaction of the Company’s Conversion Obligation.

(c) A Holder receiving Ordinary Shares upon conversion shall not be entitled to any rights as a holder of Ordinary Shares, including, among other things, the right to vote and receive dividends and notices of shareholder meetings, until the Close of Business on (i) the Conversion Date (if the Company elects to satisfy the Conversion Obligation by Physical Settlement) or (ii) the last Trading Day of the Observation Period (if the Company elects to satisfy the Conversion Obligation by Combination Settlement). Upon conversion of Notes by a Holder, such Person shall no longer be a Holder of such Notes surrendered for conversion.

(d) No payment or adjustment will be made for dividends on, or other distributions with respect to, any Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of a Note except as provided in this Article 11. Upon conversion of a Note, a Holder will not receive, except as described below, any cash payment representing accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest). Instead, accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) will be deemed paid in full by the cash, Ordinary Shares or a combination thereof, received by the Holder upon conversion. Delivery to the Holder of such cash and Ordinary Shares shall be deemed to satisfy (1) the Company’s obligation to pay the principal amount of a Note, and (2) the Company’s obligation to pay any accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Note from the last Interest Payment Date to the Conversion Date. As a result, upon conversion of a Note, accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on such Note to, but not including, the Conversion Date is deemed paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited.

- 78 -

(e) Notwithstanding Section 11.02(d), if Notes are converted after the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date but prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (other than the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date), Holders of such Notes at the Close of Business on such Regular Record Date will receive the interest payable (including Additional Interest) on such Notes on the corresponding Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the conversion. Such Notes, upon surrender for conversion, must be accompanied by cash or immediately available funds equal to the amount of interest (including any Additional Interest) payable on such Interest Payment Date on the Notes so converted; provided that no such payment need be made (i) if the Company has specified a Repurchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (ii) with respect to any Notes converted after the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date.

(f) If a Holder converts more than one Note at the same time, the number of Ordinary Shares, the amount of cash, if any, and the amount of cash delivered in lieu of fractional shares, if any, due upon conversion shall be determined based on the aggregate principal amount of the Notes converted.

(g) Upon conversion of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee, or the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee, shall make a notation on such Global Note as the reduction of the principal amount represented thereby. Upon surrender of a Note that is converted in part, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder, a new Note in an authorized denomination equal in principal amount to the unconverted portion of the Note surrendered.

SECTION 11.03. Settlement Upon Conversion.

(a) Subject to Section 11.09, upon conversion of any Note, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, either cash (“ Cash Settlement ”), Ordinary Shares together with cash in lieu of delivering any fractional shares in accordance with Section 11.04 (“ Physical Settlement ”), or a combination of cash and Ordinary Shares together with cash in lieu of delivering any fractional shares in accordance with Section 11.04 (“ Combination Settlement ”), at its election as set forth in this Section 11.03. Each of Cash Settlement, Physical Settlement and Combination Settlement is a “ Settlement Method .”

(b) The same Settlement Method shall be used for all conversions occurring on the same Conversion Date. The Company shall not have any obligation to use the same Settlement Method with respect to conversions with that occur on different Conversion Days, except that the same Settlement Method shall be used for all conversions occurring on or after the 24th Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date.

(c) If the Company elects a Settlement Method in respect of a Conversion Date, the Company shall provide notice (the “ Settlement Notice ”) of such Settlement Method and the Specified Dollar Amount or Cash Percentage, as applicable, in respect of such Conversion Date by informing the Trustee, the converting Holders, through the Trustee, and the Depositary no later than the Close of Business on the Trading Day immediately following the relevant Conversion Date (or, in the case of any conversions occurring on or after the 24th Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, no later than the 24th Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date). If the Company elects Combination Settlement, but does not timely notify converting Holders of the Specified Dollar Amount, such Specified Dollar Amount will be deemed to be $1,000. If the Company does not timely provide Settlement Notice, it will be deemed to have elected Physical Settlement in respect of the Conversion Obligation.

- 79 -

(d) Subject to Section 11.03(e), with respect to any conversion of Notes by means of a Combination Settlement (other than a Net Share Settlement), the Company may specify, rather than a Specified Dollar Amount, a percentage of the Daily Settlement Amount that will be settled in cash (the “ Cash Percentage ”) by specifying such Cash Percentage in the Settlement Notice.

(e) At any time on or prior to the 24th scheduled Trading Day prior to the Maturity Date, the Company may irrevocably elect (a “ Net Share Settlement Election ”) to satisfy the Conversion Obligation with respect to any Notes to be converted after the date of such election by delivering cash up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be converted, and Ordinary Shares, Cash or a combination thereof in respect of the remainder, if any, of the Conversion Obligation (“ Net Share Settlement ”). A Net Share Settlement is one type of Combination Settlement. The Company may make a Net Share Settlement Election at its sole discretion without the consent of the Holders.

Upon making a Net Share Settlement Election, the Company will promptly (i) use reasonable efforts to post such information on its website or otherwise publicly disclose such information and (ii) provide written notice to the Holders by mailing such notice to Holders at their address in the Register (in the case of a Certificated Note), or through the facilities of the Depositary (in the case of a Global Note).

(f) The Conversion Consideration in respect of the conversion of any Notes will be computed as follows:

(i) if the Company elects Physical Settlement, the Company will deliver to the converting Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date;

(ii) if the Company elects Cash Settlement, the Company will pay to the converting Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Conversion Values for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days during the applicable Observation Period; and

(iii) if the Company elects (or is deemed to have elected) Combination Settlement (including Net Share Settlement), the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, to the converting Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted a combination of cash and Ordinary Shares in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Amounts for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days during the applicable Observation Period.

(g) The Daily Settlement Amounts (if applicable) and the Daily Conversion Values (if applicable) shall be determined by the Company promptly following the last day of the Observation Period. Promptly after such determination of the Daily Settlement Amounts or the Daily Conversion Values, as the case may be, and the amount of cash deliverable (including cash in lieu of fractional shares), the Company shall notify the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) of the Daily Settlement Amounts or the Daily Conversion Values, as the case may be, and the amount of cash deliverable (including cash in lieu of fractional shares). In calculating the Daily Settlement Amounts, the Conversion Rate on any day shall be appropriately adjusted to take into account the occurrence on or before such Trading Day of any event that would require an adjustment to the Conversion Rate as set forth in Section 11.07. The Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) shall have no responsibility for any such determination.

- 80 -

SECTION 11.04. Fractional Share.

Fractional Ordinary Shares will not be issued upon conversion of a Note. Instead, the Company shall pay cash in lieu of fractional shares based on the Closing Sale Price of Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day prior to the applicable Conversion Date (if the Company elects to satisfy the Conversion Obligation by Physical Settlement) or the Closing Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares on the last Trading Day of the relevant Observation Period (if the Company elects to satisfy the Conversion Obligation by Combination Settlement).

SECTION 11.05. Taxes on Conversion.

If a Holder converts a Note, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of any Ordinary Shares upon the conversion. However, the Holder shall pay any such tax which is due because the Holder requests the shares to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name. The Conversion Agent may refuse to deliver the certificates representing Ordinary Shares being issued in a name other than the Holder’s name until the Conversion Agent receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax which will be due because Ordinary Shares are to be delivered in a name other than the Holder’s name. Except as expressly provided herein, the Company will not pay any taxes on behalf of the Holder.

SECTION 11.06. Parent to Provide Ordinary Shares .

Parent shall reserve out of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares a sufficient number of Ordinary Shares to permit the delivery in respect of all outstanding Notes of the number of Ordinary Shares due upon conversion. Parent shall be obligated to provide to the Company, upon the conversion of any Note, sufficient Ordinary Shares to permit the Company to satisfy its conversion obligation in respect of such Note.

All Ordinary Shares delivered upon conversion of the Notes shall be newly issued shares or treasury shares, shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable and shall be free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim.

The Company and Parent will comply with all federal and state securities laws regulating the offer and delivery of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of Notes, if any, and Parent shall list or cause to have quoted such Ordinary Shares on each national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market or such other market on which Ordinary Shares then listed or quoted.

In addition, if any Ordinary Shares that would be issuable upon conversion of Notes hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority before such Ordinary Shares may be issued upon such conversion, Parent will cause such Ordinary Shares to be duly registered or approved, as the case may be.

- 81 -

SECTION 11.07. Adjustment to Conversion Rate .

The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted, at any time and from time to time while any of the Notes are outstanding, by the Company if any of the following events occur.

(a) If the Parent issues dividends or makes distributions on Ordinary Shares payable in Ordinary Shares, or if the Parent subdivides, combines or reclassifies Ordinary Shares, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:

CR 1 = CR 0 ×	OS 1
	OS 0

where,

CR 0 =

the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the opening of business on the effective date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, as applicable;

CR 1 =	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the opening of business on such Ex-Date or effective date, as applicable;

OS 0 =	the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the opening of business on the effective date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, as applicable; and

OS 1 =	the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, subdivision, combination or reclassification.

Any adjustment made under this Section 11.07(a) shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the opening of business on the effective date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, as applicable. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 11.07(a) is declared but not so paid or made, or the outstanding Ordinary Shares are not subdivided, combined or reclassified, as the case may be, effective as of the date the Board of Directors of Parent or a committee thereof determines not to pay such dividend or distribution or to effect such subdivision, combination or reclassification, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or subdivision, combination or reclassification had not been announced.

(b) If the Parent distributes or issues to all or substantially all holders of Ordinary Shares any rights, options or warrants (other than pursuant to a stockholder rights plan, provided that such rights plan provides for the issuance of such rights with respect to the Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Notes) to purchase Ordinary Shares for a period expiring within 60 days after the record date for such distribution at a per share price less than the average of the Closing Sale Prices of Ordinary Shares for the five consecutive Trading Days ending on and including the Trading Day immediately preceding the public announcement of such distribution or issuance, the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

CR 1 = CR 0 ×	OS 0 + X
	OS 0 + Y

where,

CR 0 =	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution or issuance;

CR 1 =	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the opening of business on such Ex-Date;

OS 0 =	the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution or issuance;

X =	the total number of additional Ordinary Shares so offered for purchase pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and

Y =	the number of Ordinary Shares equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants divided by the average of the Closing Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of the issuance of such rights, options or warrants.

- 82 -

Any increase made under this Section 11.07(b) shall be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution or issuance. To the extent that Ordinary Shares are not delivered pursuant to such rights or upon the expiration or termination of such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of the delivery of only the number of Ordinary Shares actually delivered. In the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so distributed or issued, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if the Ex-Date for such distribution or issuance had not occurred. In determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders to purchase Ordinary Shares at less than the average of the Closing Sale Prices for the five consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the first public announcement of the relevant distribution, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such Ordinary Shares, there shall be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable upon exercise or conversion thereof, and the value of such consideration if other than cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Parent. Except in connection with any readjustment expressly provided for in this clause, in no event shall the Conversion Rate be decreased pursuant to this Section 11.07(b).

(c) If the Parent distributes to all or substantially all holders of Ordinary Shares, any of its Capital Stock, assets (including shares of any Subsidiary of the Parent or business unit of the Parent) or debt securities or rights to purchase securities of the Parent (excluding (i) any dividends or distributions described in Section 11.07(a), (ii) any rights, options or warrants described in Section 11.07(b), (iii) any dividends or other distributions described in Section 11.07(d) and (iv) the initial distribution of rights issued pursuant to a stockholder rights plan; provided that such rights plan provides for the issuance of such rights with respect to the Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Notes) (such Capital Stock, assets, debt securities or rights to purchase securities of the Parent hereinafter in this Section 11.07(c) called the “ Distributed Assets ”), the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

CR 1 = CR 0 ×	CMP 0
	CMP 0 - FMV

where,

CR 0 =	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;

CR 1 =	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the opening of business on such Ex-Date for such distribution;

CMP 0 =	the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Ordinary Shares over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such distribution; and

FMV =	the fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Parent, of the portion of Distributed Assets applicable to one Ordinary Share on the Ex-Date for such Distribution.

- 83 -

Such increase shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution; provided that if “FMV” (as defined in this Section 11.07(c)) is equal to or greater than “CMP 0 ” (as defined in this Section 11.07(c)), in lieu of the foregoing increase, adequate provision shall be made so that each Holder shall receive on the date on which the Distributed Assets are distributed to holders of Ordinary Shares, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes, the amount of Distributed Assets such Holder would have received had such holder owned a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Conversion Rate on the record date for such distribution. In the event that such distribution is not so made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared.

If the Board of Directors of Parent determines the fair market value of any distribution for purposes of this Section 11.07(c) by reference to the actual or when issued trading market for any Distributed Assets comprising all or part of such distribution, it must in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period (the “ Reference Period ”) used in computing the Closing Sale Price for purposes of the definition of “CMP 0 ” in this Section 11.07(c), unless the Board of Directors of Parent determines in good faith that determining the fair market value during the Reference Period would not be in the best interest of the Holders.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.07(c), if the Parent distributes Capital Stock of, or similar equity interests in, any Subsidiary of the Parent or business unit of the Parent that are, or when issued will be, listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national securities exchange (a “ Spin-Off ”), the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

CR 1 = CR 0 ×	FMV 0 + MP 0
	MP 0

where,

CR 0 =	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the opening of business on the 15th Trading Day immediately following the Ex-Date for such Spin-Off;

CR 1 =	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such Spin-Off;

FMV 0 =	the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of Ordinary Shares applicable to one share of Common Stock over the ten consecutive Trading Day period immediately following, and including, the fifth Trading Day after the Ex-Date for such Spin-Off; and

MP 0 =	the average of the Closing Sale Prices of Ordinary Shares over the ten consecutive Trading Day period immediately following, and including, the fifth Trading Day after the Ex-Date for such Spin-Off.

- 84 -

Any adjustment pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be determined on the last Trading Day of such ten consecutive Trading Day period but shall be given effect immediately after the opening of business on the Ex-Date for the Spin-Off. In no event shall the Conversion Rate be decreased pursuant to this Section 11.07(c).

(d) If the Parent distributes dividends or makes other distributions paid entirely in cash to all or substantially all holders of Ordinary Shares, other than (i) distributions described in Section 11.07(e) or (ii) any dividend or distribution in connection with the Parent’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

CR 1 = CR 0 ×	CMP 0
	CMP 0 - C

where,

CR 0 =	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution;

CR 1 =	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the opening of business on such Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution;

CMP 0 =	the Closing Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution; and

C =	the amount in cash per share of such dividend or distribution.

Such increase shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution or dividend; provided that if “C” (as defined in this Section 11.07(d)) is equal to or greater than “CMP 0 ” (as defined in this Section 11.07(d)), in lieu of the foregoing increase, adequate provision shall be made so that each Holder shall have the right to receive on the date on which the relevant cash dividend or distribution is distributed to holders of Ordinary Shares, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes upon conversion, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of Ordinary Shares, the amount of cash such Holder would have received had such Holder owned a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Conversion Rate on the record date for such dividend or distribution. In the event that such distribution or dividend is not so made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. Except in connection with any readjustment expressly provided for in the immediately preceding sentence, in no event shall the Conversion Rate be decreased pursuant to this Section 11.07(d).

- 85 -

(e) If the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries makes any payment in cash or other consideration in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for Ordinary Shares, where such cash and the value of any such other consideration per Ordinary Share validly tendered or exchanged exceeds the Closing Sale Price of Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day immediately following the last date (such last date, the “ Expiration Date ”) on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to the tender or exchange offer, the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

CR 1 = CR 0 ×	FMV + (OS 1 x CP 1 )
	OS 0 x CP 1

where,

CR 0 =	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the opening of business on the Business Day immediately following the Trading Day immediately following the Expiration Date;

CR 1 =	the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the opening of business on the second Trading Day immediately following the Expiration Date;

FMV =	the fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors of Parent, of the aggregate consideration payable for all Ordinary Shares that the Parent purchases in such tender or exchange offer;

OS 0 =	the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately prior to giving effect to the purchase of all shares accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender offer or exchange offer;

OS 1 =	the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to the purchase of all shares accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender offer or exchange offer; and

CP 1 =	the Closing Sale Price of Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day immediately following the Expiration Date.

An adjustment, if any, to the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Section 11.07(e) shall become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the second Trading Day immediately following the Expiration Date. In the event that the Parent or one of its Subsidiaries is obligated to purchase Ordinary Shares pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer, but the Parent or such Subsidiary is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases, or all such purchases are rescinded, then the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if the application of this Section 11.07(e) to any tender offer or exchange offer would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate, no adjustment shall be made for such tender offer or exchange offer under this Section 11.07(e).

SECTION 11.08. Provisions Governing Adjustment to Conversion Rate .

Rights, options or warrants distributed by the Parent to all or substantially all holders of Ordinary Shares entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Parent’s Capital Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“ Trigger Event ”): (i) are deemed to be transferred with such Ordinary Shares; (ii) are not exercisable; and (iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Ordinary Shares, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of Section 11.07 (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate under Section 11.07 will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options and warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under Section 11.07(c), and, if applicable, Section 11.19. If any such right, option or warrant, including any such existing rights, options or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and Ex-Date with respect to new rights, options or warrants with such rights (and a termination or expiration of the existing rights, options or warrants without exercise by any of the holders thereof), except as set forth in Section 11.19. In addition, except as set forth in Section 11.19, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under Section 11.07 was made (including any adjustment contemplated in Section 11.19), (1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or repurchased without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted upon such final redemption or repurchase to give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price received by a holder or holders of Ordinary Shares with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Ordinary Shares as of the date of such redemption or repurchase, and (2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options and warrants had not been issued.

- 86 -

SECTION 11.09. Merger Events.

If any of the following events occurs:

(a) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of Ordinary Shares (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination);

(b) consolidation, merger, or other combination involving the Parent; or

in each case as a result of which Ordinary Shares would be converted into, or exchanged for, or would constitute solely the right to receive, stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (any such event, a “ Merger Event ”), then, prior to or at the effective time of such Merger Event, the Company and Parent, and such successor, purchaser or transferee Person, as the case may be, shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture permitted under Section 9.01 to provide that, subject to the Company’s right to settle all or a portion of the Conversion Obligation with respect to the Notes in cash and the Company’s right to make a Net Share Settlement Election as set forth under Section 11.03(e), the right to convert each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be changed into a right to convert such principal amount of Notes into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) that a holder of a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Conversion Rate immediately before such Merger Event would have owned or been entitled to receive (the “ Reference Property ”) upon such Merger Event; provided , however , that at and after the effective time of the Merger Event, (i) the amount otherwise payable in cash upon conversion of the Notes as set forth under Section 11.03 above shall continue to be payable in cash, (ii) the Company shall continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid or delivered, as the case may be, as set forth under Section 11.03, (iii) each Ordinary Share that would otherwise have been required to be delivered upon a conversion of the Notes as set forth under Section 11.03 shall instead be deliverable in the amount and type of Reference Property that a holder of one Ordinary Share would have been entitled to receive in such Merger Event (a “ unit of Reference Property ”) and (iv) the Daily VWAP shall be calculated based on the value of one unit of Reference Property.

If the Merger Event causes the Ordinary Shares to be converted into, or exchanged for, or constitute solely the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), then (x) the Reference Property into which the Notes will be convertible or used to calculate the Daily VWAP, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Ordinary Shares that affirmatively make such an election or, if no holders of Ordinary Shares affirmatively make such an election, the types and amounts of consideration actually received by the holders of Ordinary Shares and (y) the unit of Reference Property for purposes of the immediately preceding paragraph shall refer to the consideration referred to in clause (x) attributable to one Ordinary Share. The Company shall notify Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) of such weighted average as soon as practicable after such determination is made.

- 87 -

Such supplemental indenture required by this Section 11.09 shall provide for anti-dilution and other adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided in this Article 11. If, in the case of any Merger Event, the Reference Property includes shares of stock or other securities and assets of a Person other than the successor or purchasing Person, as the case may be, in such reclassification, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other Person and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders as the Board of Directors of the Company shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing, including to the extent required by the Board of Directors of the Company and practicable the provisions providing for the repurchase rights set forth in Sections 3.08 and 4.15 herein.

In the event the Company shall execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section 11.09, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of cash, securities or property or asset that will comprise a unit of Reference Property after any such Merger Event, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with, and shall promptly deliver notice thereof to all Holders. The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be delivered to each Holder, at its address appearing on the Register provided for in this Indenture, within 20 days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture. Neither Company nor Parent shall become a party to any such Merger Event unless its terms are consistent with this Section 11.09.

The provisions of this Section 11.09 shall apply to successive Merger Events. Upon the consummation of any Merger Event, references to “Ordinary Shares” shall be deemed to refer to any Reference Property that constitutes capital stock after giving effect to such Merger Event.

SECTION 11.10. When Adjustment May Be Deferred.

No adjustment in the Conversion Rate need be made unless the adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% of the Conversion Rate. Any adjustments that are less than 1% of the Conversion Rate will be carried forward and taken into account in determining any subsequent adjustment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall make any carry forward adjustments not otherwise effected (i) annually on each anniversary of the date hereof, (ii) in connection with any subsequent adjustment to the Conversion Rate of at least 1% of the Conversion Rate (when such carried-forward adjustments are taken into account), (iii) (x) on the Conversion Date for any Notes (in the case of Physical Settlement) and (y) on each Trading Date of the Observation Period (in the case of Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement), (iv) upon required repurchases of the Notes pursuant to Sections 3.08 and 4.15, and (v) on the Scheduled Trading Day prior to the Maturity Date. All calculations and other determinations under this Article 11 shall be made to the nearest one-ten thousandth (1/10,000) of a share.

SECTION 11.11. When No Adjustment Required .

(a) No adjustment need be made for a transaction referred to in Section 11.07 if Holders participate, without conversion, in the transaction or event that would otherwise give rise to an adjustment pursuant to such Section at the same time as holders of Ordinary Shares participate with respect to such transaction or event and on the same terms as holders of Ordinary Shares participate with respect to such transaction or event as if Holders, at such time, held a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Conversion Rate then in effect, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holder, without having to convert their Notes.

- 88 -

(b) Except as provided in Section 11.07, no adjustment need be made for the issuance of Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or carrying the right to purchase Ordinary Shares or any such security.

(c) No adjustment need be made for rights to purchase Ordinary Shares pursuant to a Company plan for reinvestment of dividends or interest.

(d) No adjustment need be made for a change in the par value or no par value of Ordinary Shares.

(e) To the extent the Notes become convertible pursuant to this Article 11 solely into cash, no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the cash. Interest will not accrue on the cash into which the Notes are convertible.

SECTION 11.12. Notice of Adjustment .

Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted, the Company shall promptly send to Holders a written notice of the adjustment. The Company shall file with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent such notice and an Officers’ Certificate from the Company briefly stating the facts requiring the adjustment and the manner of computing it. Such Officers’ Certificate shall be conclusive evidence (absent manifest error) that the adjustment is correct. Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be under any duty or responsibility with respect to any such Officers’ Certificate except to exhibit the same to any Holder desiring inspection thereof. Failure to deliver any such notice or certificate shall not affect the legality or validity of such adjustment.

SECTION 11.13. Notice of Certain Transactions.

If (a) the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries takes any action that would require an adjustment in the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 11.07 (unless no adjustment is to occur pursuant to Section 11.10 or Section 11.11), (b) the Parent takes any action that would require a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 11.09, (c) there is a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Parent or (d) the Parent makes any distribution described in Section 11.07(b), Section 11.07(c) or Section 11.07(d) that has a per share value equal to more than 15% of the Closing Sale Price of Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day preceding the declaration date for such issuance, dividend or distribution, then the Company shall send to Holders and file with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent a written notice stating the proposed record date for a issuance, dividend or distribution or the proposed effective date of a subdivision, combination, reclassification, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance. The Company shall file and send the notice at least 15 days before such date. Failure to file or send the notice or any defect in it shall not affect the validity of the transaction. For so long as the Ordinary Shares are listed for trading on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, notice of a Parent Company Event, including the record date and Ex-Date with respect thereto, shall be sent to Holders and filed with the Trustee by the Company in the same manner and within the same time frame as other notices required to be sent and filed pursuant to this Section 11.13.

- 89 -

SECTION 11.14. Right of Holders to Convert .

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right to convert its Note in accordance with this Article 11 and to bring an action for the enforcement of any such right to convert, and such rights shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 11.15. Company Determination Final.

The Company shall be responsible for making all calculations called for hereunder and under the Notes. The Company shall make all these calculations using commercially reasonable means and, absent manifest error, the Company’s calculations will be final and binding on Holders. The Company shall provide a schedule of the Company’s calculations to the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled to rely upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification.

SECTION 11.16. Trustee’s Adjustment Disclaimer.

The Trustee has no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article 11 should be made, how it should be made or what it should be. The Trustee has no duty to determine whether a supplemental indenture under Section 11.11 need be entered into or whether any provisions of any supplemental indenture are correct. The Trustee shall not be accountable for and makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Notes. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the Company’s or Parent’s failure to comply with this Article 11. Each Conversion Agent shall have the same protection under this Section 11.16 as the Trustee.

SECTION 11.17. Simultaneous Adjustments.

For purposes of Section 11.07(a), 11.07(b) and 11.07(c), any dividend or distribution to which Section 11.07(c) is applicable that also includes Ordinary Shares, or rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase Ordinary Shares (or both), shall be deemed instead to be (1) a dividend or distribution of the debt securities, assets or shares of Capital Stock other than such Ordinary Shares or rights (and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by Section 11.07(c) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made) immediately followed by (2) a dividend or distribution of such Ordinary Shares or such rights (and any further Conversion Rate adjustment required by Section 11.07(a) and 11.07(b) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made), except any Ordinary Shares included in such dividend or distribution shall not be deemed “outstanding at the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding such Ex-Date” within the meaning of Section 11.07(a).

SECTION 11.18. Successive Adjustments.

After an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Article 11, any subsequent event requiring an adjustment under this Article 11 shall cause an adjustment to the Conversion Rate as so adjusted.

SECTION 11.19. Rights Issued in Respect of Ordinary Shares Issued Upon Conversion.

Each Ordinary Share issued upon conversion of Notes pursuant to this Article 11 shall be entitled to receive the appropriate number of rights (“ Rights ”), if any, and the certificates representing Ordinary Shares issued upon such conversion shall bear such legends, if any, in each case as may be provided by the terms of any rights plan (i.e., a poison pill) adopted by the Parent, as the same may be amended from time to time, is in effect (in each case, a “ Shareholders Rights Plan ”). Upon conversion of the Notes a Holder will receive, in addition to any Ordinary Shares received in connection with such conversion, the Rights under the Shareholders Rights Plan, unless prior to any conversion, the Rights have separated from Ordinary Shares, in which case the Conversion Rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Parent distributed to all holders of Ordinary Shares, shares of Company Capital Stock, assets, debt securities or certain rights to purchase securities of the Company as described in Section 11.07(c), and further adjusted in the event of certain events affecting such Rights following any separation from the Ordinary Shares and subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such Rights. Any distribution of Rights pursuant to the Shareholders Rights Plan that would allow a Holder to receive upon conversion, in addition to Ordinary Shares, the Rights described therein (unless such Rights have separated from Ordinary Shares) shall not constitute a distribution of Rights that would entitle the Holder to an adjustment to the Conversion Rate.

- 90 -

SECTION 11.20. Withholding Taxes for Adjustments in Conversion Rate.

The Company may, at its option, set-off withholding taxes due with respect to Notes against delivery of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of the Notes. In the case of any such set-off against Ordinary Shares delivered upon conversion of the Notes, such Ordinary Shares shall be valued based on the Closing Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day immediately following the Conversion Date.

ARTICLE 12

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

SECTION 12.02. Notices.

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or facsimile:

If to the Company or any Guarantor, to it care of:

Jazz Technologies, Inc.

4321 Jamboree Road

Newport Beach, California 92660

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: (949) 315-3811

If to the Parent:

Tower Semiconductor, Ltd.

Ramat Gavriel Industrial Park

P.O. Box 619, Migdal Haemek, Israel 23105

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Facsimile: (972) 4-654-6510

- 91 -

If to the Trustee:

U.S. Bank National Association

EP-MN-WS3C

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-1419

Facsimile No.: (651) 466-7430

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

The Company, any Guarantor, Parent or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders of Notes) shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, if mailed; one Business Day after being timely delivered to a next-day air courier; and when transmission is confirmed, if sent by facsimile.

Any notice or communication to a Holder of a Note shall be mailed by first class mail to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar (or, if the Notes are held in book-entry form, send by electronic transmission). Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed or delivered to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to so mail or deliver a notice or communication to a Holder of a Note or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders of Notes.

If a notice or communication is mailed or delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company, any Guarantor or Parent mails or delivers a notice or communication to Holders of Notes, it shall mail or deliver a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon facsimile and electronic mail transmission of written instructions and/or directions pursuant to this Indenture given by the Company, any Guarantor or Parent, provided , however , that: (i) the Company, any such Guarantor or Parent, as the case may be, shall, subsequent to such facsimile or electronic mail transmission of written instructions and/or directions, provide the originally executed instructions and/or directions to the Trustee in a timely manner and (ii) such originally executed instructions and/or directions shall be signed by an authorized Officer of the Company, any such Guarantor or Parent, as the case may be.

SECTION 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

Holders of the Notes may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders of Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, any Guarantor, Parent, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

- 92 -

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)), if applicable; shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

SECTION 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders of Notes. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

SECTION 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Owners, Employees, Incorporators and Stockholders.

No director, owner, officer, employee, incorporator, manager or stockholder of the Company, the Guarantors, Parent or any Affiliates of the Company, Guarantors or Parent, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company, the Guarantors, Parent or any Affiliates of the Company, Guarantors or Parent under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

SECTION 12.08. Governing Law.

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

- 93 -

SECTION 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or any of its respective Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 12.10. Successors.

All agreements of the Company, Parent and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees shall bind the successors of the Company, Parent and the Guarantors, respectively. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

SECTION 12.11. Severability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 12.12. Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies hereof. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, including in PDF format, shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, including in PDF format, shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

SECTION 12.13. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections hereof have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 12.14. Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

SECTION 12.15. Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE COMPANY, PARENT AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

- 94 -

SECTION 12.16. U.S.A. Patriot Act.

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

SECTION 12.17. Consent to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process.

Parent agrees that:

(a) Any suit, action or proceeding against Parent arising out of or relating to this Indenture and the Notes may be instituted in any state or U.S. Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and Parent irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Parent irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to any suit, action or proceeding that may be brought in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and the Parent Registration Rights Agreement, including such actions, suits or proceedings relating to the securities laws of the United States of America or any state thereof, in such courts whether on the grounds of venue, residence or domicile or on the ground that any such suit, action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon Parent and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which Parent is subject by a suit upon such judgment; provided that service of process is effected upon Parent in the manner provided by this Section 12.17.

(b) Parent has appointed the Company as its authorized agent (the “ Authorized Agent ”), upon whom process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the transactions contemplated herein which may be instituted in any state or U.S. Federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, New York, and expressly accepts the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding. The Company has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon Parent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action involving Parent arising out of or relating to this Indenture, the Notes and the Parent Registration Rights Agreement may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in any other jurisdiction.

The provisions of this Section 12.17 shall survive any termination or cancellation of this Indenture.

[Signatures on following page]

- 95 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

	JAZZ TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as the Company
	By:
		Name:
		Title:
	JAZZ SEMICONDUCTOR, INC., as Guarantor
	By:
		Name:
		Title:
	NEWPORT FAB, LLC, as Guarantor
	By:	Jazz Semiconductor, Inc.
	Its:	Sole member
	By:
		Name:
		Title:
	FOR PURPOSES OF ARTICLE 1, SECTION 4.03 AND ARTICLES 11 AND 12 ONLY:
	TOWER SEMICONDUCTOR, LTD.
	By:
		Name:
		Title:

[Signature Page to Indenture]

	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
	By:
		Name:
		Title:

[Signature Page to Indenture]

EXHIBIT A

(Face of Note)

[LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTES]

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

[PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND]

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE.

A - 1

CUSIP No. a

Cert. No. $[Insert Amount Numerically]

8% Convertible Senior Note due 2018

Jazz Technologies, Inc., a corporation formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, promises to pay to __________________, or its registered assigns, the principal sum of $[INSERT AMOUNT IN TEXT] Dollars [FOR GLOBAL NOTES (as such amount may be increased or decreased as reflected on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto)] on December 31, 2018.

Interest Payment Dates: July 15 and January 15, commencing July 15, 2014.

Record Dates: June 30 and December 31 (whether or not a Business Day)

Additional provisions are set forth on the other side of this Note.

a	At such time as the Issuer notifies the Trustee to remove the Private Placement Legend pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the CUSIP number for this Note shall be deemed to be CUSIP No. 47214G AF4

A - 2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed.

Dated:

	JAZZ TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
	By:
		Name:
		Title:

(Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication)

This is one of the Notes referred to in

the within-mentioned Indenture:

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:
	Authorized Signatory

Dated:

[Form of Note]

A - 3

(Back of Note)

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture (as defined below) unless otherwise indicated.

(1) Interest . Jazz Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below. Interest will accrue at 8% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on each July 15 and January 15, commencing July 15, 2014, or if any such day is not a Business Day on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”) to Holders of record of the Notes at the Close of Business on the immediately preceding June 30 and December 31, whether or not a Business Day. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Interest shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from [DATE OF ISSUANCE]. To the extent lawful, the Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes; it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) at the same rate to the extent lawful. In addition, the rate of interest on this Note may be increased as set forth in Section 4.19 of the Indenture and Holders may be entitled to the benefits of certain provisions of the Company Registration Rights Agreement and Tower Registration Rights Agreement.

(2) Method of Payment . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the Close of Business on the record date next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date. The Holder hereof must surrender this Note to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Notes will be payable both as to principal and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders of Notes. Unless otherwise designated by the Company, the Company’s office or agency will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

(3) Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, the Trustee will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without prior notice to any Holder of a Note. The Company may act in any such capacity.

(4) Indenture . The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of March 25, 2014 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), by and among the Company, Parent, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and the Trustee. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The Company shall be entitled to issue additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Indenture. All Notes issued under the Indenture shall be treated as a single class of Notes under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and such act for a statement of such terms. The terms of the Indenture shall govern any inconsistencies between the Indenture and the Notes. The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company.

(5) Repurchase at Option of Holder . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a cash purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the date of repurchase (subject to the rights of holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive payments of interest on the related interest payment date). Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control Offer from the Company prior to any related Change of Control Payment Date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

A - 4

When the cumulative amount of Excess Proceeds that have not been applied in accordance with Section 4.10 of the Indenture exceeds $2.0 million, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes (an “ Excess Proceeds Offer ”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of such Excess Proceeds (or the pro rata amount of Excess Proceeds available to the Notes as contemplated by Section 3.08(a) of the Indenture) at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date fixed for the closing of such offer in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is required under the terms of Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness), the Company shall also make a pro rata offer to the holders of such Indebtedness (including the Notes) with such proceeds. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other parity Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of such Excess Proceeds, the Notes and other parity Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis. To the extent that the principal amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Excess Proceeds Offer is less than the amount of such Excess Proceeds available to purchase Notes, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture. Upon completion of an Excess Proceeds Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive an Excess Proceeds Offer from the Company prior to any related Purchase Date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder To Elect Purchase” appearing below.

(6) Conversion at the Option of the Holder. Upon and subject to compliance with the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note is entitled, at its option, at any time prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, or in case the Holder of this Note has exercised his right to require the Company to repurchase this Note or a portion hereof and has withdrawn such election by the Close of Business on the date two Business Days immediately preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, to convert this Note or any portion of the principal amount hereof that is an integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 (provided that the unconverted portion of such principal amount is U.S.$1,000 or any integral multiple of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof) into the consideration specified in the Indenture, as adjusted from time to time as provided in the Indenture.

(7) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder of a Note, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. (8) Persons Deemed Owners . Prior to due presentment to the Trustee for registration of the transfer of this Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as its absolute owner for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note is overdue, and neither the Trustee, any Agent nor the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

A - 5

(9) Amendments, Supplement and Waivers . Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees or any amended or supplemental indenture may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes of such series), and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder) (a) reduce the aggregate principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; (b) reduce the principal of, or change the fixed maturity of, any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than as provided in clause (h) below); (c) reduce the rate of, or change the time for payment of, interest on any Notes; (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (other than such a Default or Event of Default resulting from acceleration of the Notes that has been rescinded in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.05 of the Indenture); (e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; (f) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or interest on the Notes; (g) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer or Excess Proceeds Offer in the event of a Change of Control or Asset Sale, respectively, after such Change of Control or Asset Sale, as applicable, has occurred; (h) except as expressly provided in Section 11 of the Indenture, decrease the Conversion Rate or modify the provisions of the Indenture relating to conversion of the Notes in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes; (i) release all or substantially all of the Guarantees of the Guarantors other than in accordance with Article 10 of the Indenture; or (j) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantees, or any amended or supplemental indenture may be amended or supplemented: (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (b) to provide for uncertificated Notes or Guarantees in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or Guarantees ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); (c) to provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor to the Holders of the Notes in the case of a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or such Guarantor’s assets; (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the rights under the Indenture of any Holder of the Notes; (e) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment of a successor Trustee; (f) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes; (g) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; (h) to increase the Conversion Rate; (i) to irrevocably elect a Settlement Method or a Specified Dollar Amount, or to eliminate the right to elect a Settlement Method; (j) to provide collateral with respect to the Notes and (k) to add covenants or events of default for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

(10) Defaults and Remedies . Each of the following constitutes an Event of Default:

(a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest or additional interest, if any, on the Notes;

(b) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at maturity, upon repurchase, redemption or otherwise;

A - 6

(c) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations to convert the Notes in accordance with the Indenture upon exercise of a Holder’s conversion right, and such failure continues for three Business Days;

(d) failure to comply with the provisions described under Section 5.01 of the Indenture;

(e) failure to comply with any obligations under the provisions described under Section 3.08 or 4.15 of the Indenture (other than a failure to purchase Notes duly tendered to the Company for repurchase pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or an Excess Proceeds Offer);

(f) default under any other provision of the Indenture or the Notes, which default remains uncured for 60 days after notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the Notes;

A - 7

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default specified in paragraph (k) or (l) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in such Holders’ interest.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to the failure by the Company or Parent to comply with its obligations under Section 4.03 of the Indenture and for any failure by the Company to comply with the requirements of TIA §314(a)(1), shall for the first 120 days after the occurrence and during the continuance of such an Event of Default consist exclusively of the right to receive special interest on the Notes at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (the “ Special Interest ”). The Special Interest will be in addition to any Additional Interest that may accrue and be payable under the Company Registration Rights Agreement or Tower Registration Rights Agreement and will be payable in the same manner as Additional Interest accruing under the Company Registration Rights Agreement and the Tower Registration Rights Agreement. The Special Interest will accrue on all outstanding Notes from an including the date on which an Event of Default relating to a failure to comply with Section 4.03 of the Indenture or the failure to comply with the requirements of TIA §314(a)(1) first occurs to but not including the 120th day thereafter (or such earlier date on which the Event of Default relating to such obligations shall have been cured or waived). After the 120th day (or earlier, if such Event of Default is cured or waived on or before such 120th day), such Special Interest will cease to accrue and, if such Event of Default has not been cured or waived prior to such 120 th day, then the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest on all such Notes to be due and payable immediately.

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all the Holders rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default (except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or premium on, or principal of, the Notes.

A - 8

The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture.

(11) Trustee Dealings with Company . The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 of the Indenture, may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

(12) No Personal Liability of Directors, Owners, Employees, Incorporators and Stockholders . No director, owner, officer, employee, incorporator, manager or stockholder of the Company, the Guarantors or any Affiliates of the Company or Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company, the Guarantors or any Affiliates of the Company or Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and Guarantees.

(13) Guarantees . Payment of principal, interest (including interest on overdue principal and overdue interest, if lawful) and other amounts owed under the Indenture is unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by each of the Guarantors.

(14) Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

(15) Abbreviations . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN ( = joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

(16) CUSIP Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Note Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders of Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed herein.

The Company will furnish to any Holder of a Note upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

JAZZ TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

4321 Jamboree Road

Newport Beach, California 92660

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: (949) 315-3811

A - 9

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to

(Insert assignee’s Soc. Sec. or tax I.D. no.)

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and Zip code)

and irrevocably appoint ______________ agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date: _____________________

	Your Signature:	_____________________________________________________________
		(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee a :

a The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee.

A - 10

CONVERSION NOTICE

The undersigned Holder of this Note hereby irrevocably exercises the option to convert this Note, or any portion of the principal amount hereof (which is an integral multiple of U.S. $1,000) below designated, into Ordinary Shares in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note and directs that such shares, together with a check in payment for any fractional share and any Notes representing any unconverted principal amount hereof, be delivered to and be registered in the name of the undersigned unless a different name has been indicated below. If Ordinary Shares or Notes are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto. Any amount required to be paid by the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note.

Dated: _____________
		Signature

If shares or Notes are to be		If only a portion of the Notes is to be
registered in the name of a Person other than		converted, please indicate:
the Holder, please print such Person’s
name and address		1. Principal amount to be converted:
		U.S.$_______________________
		(any integral multiple of U.S.$1,000)

Address		2. Principal amount and denomination of
		Notes representing unconverted principal amount to be issued:

Social Security or other Taxpayer
Identification Number, if any		Amount: U.S.$________________


Signature Guaranteed

A - 11

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have all or any part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.08 (Excess Proceeds Offer) or Section 4.15 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

o Section 3.08 o Section 4.15

If you want to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.08 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

Date: ____________________

	Your Signature:	_____________________________________________________________
		(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:

A - 12

[ATTACHMENT FOR GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

Date of Exchange

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount of this Global Note

Amount of Increase Principal Amount of this Global Note

Principal Amount

of this Global Note following such

Decrease (or Increase)

Signature of

authorized signatory

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

A - 13

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF GUARANTEE

[Name of Guarantor] and its successors under the Indenture, jointly and severally with any other Guarantors, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of Jazz Technologies, Inc. to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, guarantee that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.

This Guarantee shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

This Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers.

THE TERMS OF ARTICLE 10 OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.

This Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

	[_________________________]
	Name of Guarantor
	By:
		Name:
		Title:

B - 1

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Jazz Technologies, Inc.

4321 Jamboree Road

Newport Beach, California 92660

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Facsimile: (949) 315-3811

U.S. Bank National Association

EP-MN-WS3C

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-1419

Facsimile No.: (651) 495-8097

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Re: 8% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of _____, 2014 (the “ Indenture ”), among Jazz Technologies, Inc., as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors named therein, Tower Semiconductor, Ltd. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

________________ (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $____ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to __________ (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

C - 1

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Definitive Note and Transferee is an Institutional “Accredited Investor” . (i) The Transfer is being effected to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act, (ii) the Transferee is acquiring the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor”, (iii) the Transfer is for a beneficial interest or Definitive Note in a minimum amount of $250,000, (iv) the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being acquired for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act and (v) the Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a)

such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

(b)

or such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

C - 2

(c)

such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note .

(a)

Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b)

Check if Transfer is pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c)

Check if Transfer is pursuant to other exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

C - 3

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.


	[Insert Name of Transferor]
	By:
		Name:
		Title:

Dated:____________________

C - 4

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

(a)

o a beneficial interest in the:

(i)

o 144A Global Note (CUSIP 47214G AD9), or

(ii)

o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U04293 AB9), or

(b)

o a Restricted Definitive Note.

2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a)

o a beneficial interest in the:

(i)

o 144A Global Note (CUSIP 47214G AD9), or

(ii)

o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP U04293 AB9), or

(iii)

o Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP 47214G AF4), or

(b)

o a Restricted Definitive Note; or

(c)

o an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

C - 5

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Jazz Technologies, Inc.

4321 Jamboree Road

Newport Beach, California 92660

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Facsimile: (949) 315-3811

U.S. Bank National Association

EP-MN-WS3C

60 Livingston Avenue

St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-1419

Facsimile No.: (651) 495-8097

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Re: 8% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018

(CUSIP )

_______________ (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note .

(a) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

D - 1

(c) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes .

(a) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] _ 144A Global Note, _ Regulation S Global Note, _ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

D - 2

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.


	[Insert Name of Transferor]
	By:
		Name:
		Title:

Dated:____________________

D - 3

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

[ TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of ________________, 200__, among __________________ (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Jazz Technologies, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of ____, 2014, providing for the issuance of 8% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018 (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Subsidiary Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. Agreement To Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the notation of Guarantee, which shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor in accordance with Section 10.02 of the Indenture, and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

3. New York Law To Govern . THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

4. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

5. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

6. The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

E - 1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated: _______________, 20___

E - 2

	[ GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY ]
	By:
		Name:
		Title:
	JAZZ TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
	By:
		Name:
		Title:
	[ EXISTING GUARANTORS ]
	By:
		Name:
		Title:
	TOWER SEMICONDUCTOR, INC.
	By:
		Name:
		Title:

	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

	By:
		Name:
		Title:

E - 3

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Ordinary Shares, par value New Israeli Shekels 15.00 per share	NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

PART I		1
ITEM 1.	IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS	1
ITEM 2.	OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE	1
ITEM 3.	KEY INFORMATION	1
ITEM 4.	INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY	24
ITEM 4A.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	39
ITEM 5.	OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS	39
ITEM 6.	DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES	56
ITEM 7.	MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS	71
ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL INFORMATION	72
ITEM 9.	THE OFFER AND LISTING	73
ITEM 10.	ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	74
ITEM 11.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	92
ITEM 12.	DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES	94
PART II		94
ITEM 13.	DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES	94
ITEM 14.	MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS	94
ITEM 15.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	95
ITEM 16.	[RESERVED]	95
ITEM 16A.	AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT	95
ITEM 16B.	CODE OF ETHICS	95
ITEM 16C.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	96
ITEM 16D.	EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES.	97
ITEM 16E.	PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS.	97
ITEM 16F.	CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT	97
ITEM 16G	CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.	97
ITEM 16H	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE	97
PART III		97
ITEM 17.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	97
ITEM 18.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	97
ITEM 19.	EXHIBITS	97

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues	$	505,009		$	638,831		$	611,023		$	509,262		$	298,812
Cost of revenues		476,900			560,046			526,198			402,077			325,310
Gross profit (loss)		28,109			78,785			84,825			107,185			(26,498	)
Research and development		33,064			31,093			24,886			23,876			23,375
Marketing, general and administrative		42,916			44,413			48,239			39,986			31,943
Acquisition related and reorganization costs		--			5,789			1,493			--			--
Amortization related to a lease agreement early termination		7,464			--			--			--			--

Operating profit (loss)		(55,335	)		(2,510	)		10,207			43,323			(81,816	)
Interest expenses, net		(32,971	)		(31,808	)		(27,797	)		(26,406	)		(24,205	)
Other finance expenses, net		(27,838	)		(27,583	)		(12,505	)		(46,519	)		(21,505	)
Gain from acquisition		--			--			19,467			--			--
Other income (expense), net		(904	)		(1,042	)		13,460			65			2,045
Income (loss) before income tax expenses		(117,048	)		(62,943	)		2,832			(29,537	)		(125,481	)
Income tax benefit (expense)		(9,388	)		(7,326	)		(21,362	)		(12,830	)		5,022
Loss for the year	$	(107,660	)	$	(70,269	)	$	(18,530	)	$	(42,367	)	$	(120,459	)
Basic loss per ordinary share	$	(2.72	)	$	(3.17	)	$	(0.90	)	$	(2.63	)	$	(10.34	)
Other Financial Data:
Depreciation and amortization	$	164,824		$	173,585		$	162,679		$	143,023		$	143,404

	As of December 31,
	2013		2012		2011		2010		2009
	(in thousands of US dollars, except share data which is in thousands)
Selected Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents, short-term interest-bearing deposits and designated deposits	$	122,871	$	133,398	$	101,149	$	198,382	$	81,795
Working capital		150,498		128,787		35,830		72,053		70,113
Total assets		705,887		814,241		857,221		801,728		650,837
Short-term bank debt and current maturities of debentures and bank loans		36,441		49,923		48,255		122,179		7,000
Loan from banks, net of current maturities		108,739		94,922		103,845		111,882		187,606
Debentures, net of current maturities		208,146		193,962		197,765		247,598		241,207
Shareholders’ equity		141,248		220,025		174,703		117,782		56,014
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during any year		39,633		22,173		20,649		16,086		11,653
Number of shares outstanding as of December 31 of any year		47,869		22,312		21,219		17,703		13,264

	Page

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM	F - 1

BALANCE SHEETS	F - 2

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS	F - 3

STATEMENTS OF COMPEHENSIVE LOSS	F - 4

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	F - 5

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS	F - 6 - F - 7

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	F - 8 - F - 53

	2013		2012
	(US Dollars In Thousands)
Audit fees (1)		561		600
Audit Related Fees (2)		12		17
Tax fees (3)		53		76
		626		693

	TOWER SEMICONDUCTOR LTD.

	By:	/s/ Russell C. Ellwanger
		Russell C. Ellwanger
		Chief Executive Officer

	As of			As of
	December 31,			December 31,
	2013			2012

A S S E T S

CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents	$	112,871		$	123,398
Interest bearing deposits, including designated deposits		10,000			10,000
Trade accounts receivable		80,316			79,354
Other receivables		10,943			5,379
Inventories		64,804			65,570
Other current assets		11,480			14,405
Total current assets		290,414			298,106

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS		14,494			12,963

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET		350,039			434,468

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET		32,393			47,936

GOODWILL		7,000			7,000

OTHER ASSETS, NET		11,547			13,768

TOTAL ASSETS	$	705,887		$	814,241

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES
Short-term bank debt and current maturities of loans and debentures	$	36,441		$	49,923
Trade accounts payable		66,358			81,372
Deferred revenue and short-term customers' advances		3,166			1,784
Other current liabilities		33,951			36,240
Total current liabilities		139,916			169,319

LONG-TERM LOANS FROM BANKS		108,739			94,992

DEBENTURES		208,146			193,962

LONG-TERM CUSTOMERS' ADVANCES		7,187			7,407

EMPLOYEE RELATED LIABILITES		65,337			77,963

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY		13,611			26,405

OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES		21,703			24,168

Total liabilities		564,639			594,216

Ordinary shares		192,776			87,280
Ordinary shares of NIS 15 par value;
Authorized: 150,000 and 120,000 shares
as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively;
Issued: 47,956 and 22,398 shares
as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively;
Outstanding: 47,870 and 22,312 shares
as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Additional paid-in capital		1,084,011			937,814
Capital notes		92,549			305,262
Cumulative stock based compensation		45,380			42,826
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(16,126	)		(3,475	)
Accumulated deficit		(1,248,270	)		(1,140,610	)
		150,320			229,097
Treasury stock, at cost - 86 shares		(9,072	)		(9,072	)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY		141,248			220,025

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY	$	705,887		$	814,241

TOWER SEMICONDUCTOR LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

	Year ended
	December 31,
	2013			2012			2011

REVENUES	$	505,009		$	638,831		$	611,023

COST OF REVENUES		476,900			560,046			526,198

GROSS PROFIT		28,109			78,785			84,825

OPERATING COSTS AND EXPENSES

Research and development		33,064			31,093			24,886
Marketing, general and administrative		42,916			44,413			48,239
Acquisition related and reorganization costs		--			5,789			1,493
Amortization related to a lease agreement early termination		7,464			--			--

		83,444			81,295			74,618

OPERATING PROFIT (LOSS)		(55,335	)		(2,510	)		10,207

INTEREST EXPENSES, NET		(32,971	)		(31,808	)		(27,797	)

OTHER FINANCING EXPENSE, NET		(27,838	)		(27,583	)		(12,505	)

GAIN FROM ACQUISITION		--			--			19,467

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE), NET		(904	)		(1,042	)		13,460

PROFIT (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX		(117,048	)		(62,943	)		2,832

INCOME TAX BENEFIT (EXPENSE)		9,388			(7,326	)		(21,362	)

LOSS FOR THE PERIOD	$	(107,660	)	$	(70,269	)	$	(18,530	)

BASIC LOSS PER ORDINARY SHARE

Loss per share	$	(2.72	)	$	(3.17	)	$	(0.90	)

Weighted average number of ordinary
shares outstanding - in thousands		39,633			22,173			20,649

																	Accumulated Other comprehensive income (loss)
	Ordinary shares				Additional paid-in capital						Cumulative stock based compensation
	Shares-							Capital notes						Treasury stock						Accumulated deficit
	in thousands		Amount					Capital notes						Treasury stock						Accumulated deficit			Total

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2010		17,789	$	68,053	$	770,987		$	311,472		$	28,982		$	(9,072	)	$	(829	)	$	(1,051,811	)	$	117,782

Shares issued in consideration
of acquisitionof a subsidiary		1,312		5,777		16,853																		22,630
Issuance of shares and warrants		1,805		7,557		27,251																		34,808
Conversion of convertible debentures to shares		277		1,118		5,362																		6,480
Employee stock-based compensation												8,107												8,107
Tax benefit relating to stock based compensation						45																		45
Exercise of options		123		515		(55	)																	460
Other comprehensive income																		2,921						2,921
Loss for the year																					(18,530	)		(18,530	)

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2011		21,306	$	83,020	$	820,443		$	311,472		$	37,089		$	(9,072	)	$	2,092		$	(1,070,341	)	$	174,703

Issuance of shares and warrants		200		796		4,319																		5,115
Employee stock-based compensation												5,737												5,737
Exercise of options		125		486		52																		538
Beneficial conversion feature						109,768																		109,768
Other comprehensive loss																		(5,567	)					(5,567	)
Loss for the year																					(70,269	)		(70,269	)
Capital notes		767		2,978		3,232			(6,210	)														--

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2012		22,398	$	87,280	$	937,814		$	305,262		$	42,826		$	(9,072	)	$	(3,475	)	$	(1,140,610	)	$	220,025

Issuance of shares and warrants		8,148		33,986		4,889																		38,875
Employee stock-based compensation												2,735												2,735
Tax benefit relating to stock based compensation												(181	)											(181	)
Exercise of options		24		100		5																		105
Other comprehensive loss																		(12,651	)					(12,651	)
Capital notes		17,386		71,410		141,303			(212,713	)														--
Loss for the year																					(107,660	)		(107,660	)

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2013		47,956	$	192,776	$	1,084,011		$	92,549		$	45,380			(9,072	)	$	(16,126	)	$	(1,248,270	)	$	141,248

BALANCE, NET OF TREASURY STOCK - AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013		47,870

Buildings and building improvements (including facility infrastructure)	10-25 years
Machinery and equipment, software and hardware	3-7 years

	As of June 3, 2011
Current assets	$	25,783
Property, plant, and equipment, including real estate		145,559
Intangible assets		11,156
Other assets		2,900
Total assets as of acquisition date		185,398

Current liabilities		28,317
Long-term liabilities (mainly employees related termination benefits)		74,984
Total liabilities as of acquisition date		103,301
Net assets as of acquisition date	$	82,097

		As of December 31,
	Useful Life	2013		2012
Facilities lease rights	1,19	$	16,988	$	25,739
Technologies, patents and other rights	3.6;4;9		11,300		17,104
Trade name	9		2,146		2,723
Customer relationships	15		1,684		1,995
Others			275		375
		$	32,393	$	47,936

	As of December 31, 2013

In U.S. Dollars, see also Notes 12B, 12C	$	150,155
In JPY, see also Note 12D		10,954
Total long-term loans from banks-principal amount		161,109
Fair value adjustments		(22,370	)
Total long-term loans from banks		138,739
Current maturities		(30,000	)
	$	108,739

	As of December 31, 2012

In U.S. Dollars, see also Note 12B	$	131,055
In JPY, see also Note 12D		13,347
Total long-term loans from banks-principal amount		144,402
Fair value adjustments		(24,410	)
Total long-term loans from banks		119,992
Current maturities		(25,000	)
	$	94,992

	As of December 31, 2013
	Interest rate	2014		2015		2016
Debentures Series D	8%	$	6,441	$	6,441	$	6,441
Debentures Series F	7.8%		--		57,041		57,041
Jazz’s 2010 Notes (as defined in D below)	8%		--		81,181		--
		$	6,441	$	144,663	$	63,482

	December 31, 2013			Quoted prices in active market for identical liability (Level 1)		Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)			Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Tower’s loans (including current maturities)(*)	$	108,685		$	--	$	--		$	108,685
Others		(18	)		--		(65	)		47
	$	108,667		$	--	$	(65	)	$	108,732

	Tower’s loans (including current maturities)		Others
As of January 1, 2013 - at fair value	$	106,645	$	295
Total losses (gains) unrealized in earnings		2,040		(248	)
As of December 31, 2013 - at fair value		108,685		47
Unrealized losses (gains) recognized in earnings from liabilities held at period end	$	2,040	$	(248	)

	December 31, 2012			Quoted prices in active market for identical liability (Level 1)		Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)			Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Tower’s loans (including current maturities)(*)	$	106,645		$	--	$	--		$	106,645
Others		(589	)		--		(884	)		295
	$	106,056		$	--	$	(884	)	$	106,940

	Tower’s loans (including current maturities)		Others
As of January 1, 2012 - at fair value	$	93,845	$	2,268
Total losses (gains) unrealized in earnings		12,800		(1,973	)
As of December 31, 2012 - at fair value	$	106,645	$	295
Unrealized losses (gains) recognized in earnings from liabilities held at period end	$	12,800	$	(1,973	)

	Year ended December 31, 2013			Year ended December 31, 2012			Year ended December 31, 2011
Net periodic benefit cost
Service cost	$	32		$	146		$	193
Interest cost		126			399			573
Expected return on the plan’s assets		--			--			--
Amortization of transition obligation (asset)		--			--			--
Amortization of prior service costs		(1,703	)		(244	)		114
Amortization of net (gain) or loss		(132	)		--			109
Total net periodic benefit cost	$	(1,677	)	$	301		$	989
Other changes in plan assets and benefits obligations recognized in other comprehensive income
Prior service cost for the period	$	(91	)	$	(3,851	)	$	(990	)
Net (gain) or loss for the period		(668	)		(1,355	)		(1,752	)
Amortization of transition obligation (asset)		--			--			--
Amortization of prior service costs		1,703			244			(114	)
Amortization of net gain or (loss)		132			--			(109	)
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (expense)	$	1,076		$	(4,962	)	$	(2,965	)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income	$	(601	)	$	(4,661	)	$	(1,976	)

	Increase		Decrease
Effect on service cost and interest cost	$	13	$	(10	)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation	$	145	$	(116	)

	As of December 31, 2013			As of December 31, 2012			As of December 31, 2011
Amounts recognized in statement of financial position:
Non-current assets	$	--		$	--		$	--
Current liabilities		(89	)		(132	)		(137	)
Non-current liabilities		(2,228	)		(2,863	)		(7,612	)
Net amount recognized	$	(2,317	)	$	(2,995	)	$	(7,749	)
Weighted average assumptions used:
Discount rate		5.20	%		4.30	%		5.20	%
Rate of compensation increases		N/A			N/A			N/A
Assumed health care cost trend rates:
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year (Pre 65/ Post 65)		7.75/25.00	%		8.25/35.00	%		8.25/57.00	%
Ultimate rate (Pre 65/ Post 65)		5.00/5.00	%		5.00/5.00	%		5.00/5.00	%
Year the ultimate rate is reached (Pre 65/ Post 65)		2022/2022			2022/2022			2021/2019

Fiscal Year	Other Benefits
2014	$	89
2015		83
2016		182
2017		101
2018		116
2019 - 2023	$	678

	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Investments in Mutual Funds	$	--	$	16,652	$	--
Total plan assets at fair value	$	--	$	16,652	$	--

Asset Category:	December 31, 2013			Target allocation 2014
Equity securities		86	%		65%-75	%
Debt securities		14	%		25%-35	%
Real estate		0	%		0	%
Other		0	%		0	%
Total		100	%		100	%

Outstanding as of December 31, 2013						Exercisable as of December 31, 2013
Range of exercise Prices		Number outstanding		Weighted average remaining contractual life (in years)		Weighted average exercise price		Number exercisable		Weighted average exercise price
$	2.70-4.95		7,039,294		5.82	$	4.49		1,652,333	$	4.34
	6.00-15.90		306,762		5.11		13.35		270,060		13.60
	17.25-20.85		290,581		4.48		17.30		154,073		17.33
	21.00-28.20		397,769		3.33		22.75		310,371		23.16
$	32.25-48.75		32,343		0.89	$	35.87		32,343	$	35.87
			8,066,749						2,419,180

	Year ended December 31, 2013		Year ended December 31, 2012		Year ended December 31, 2011
Amortization on debt	$	20,860	$	11,939	$	19,073
Changes in fair value, (total level 3 changes in fair value as reported in Note 14D)		1,792		10,827		(2,053	)
Changes in fair value on debentures, derivatives and warrants - other than level 3 as reported in Note 14D		--		1,284		(5,624	)
Exchange rate difference (mainly due to the effect of the NIS/USD exchange rate changes on our NIS denominated debentures)		4,038		2,707		(1,327	)
Others		1,148		826		2,436
Other financing expenses, net	$	27,838	$	27,583	$	12,505

	Unrecognized tax benefits
Balance at January 1, 2013	$	27,414
Additions for tax positions of current year		12
Reductions for tax positions of prior year		(371	)
Translation differences		(1,379	)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	25,676

	Unrecognized tax benefits
Balance at January 1, 2012	$	32,377
Reductions for tax positions of prior year		(275	)
Translation differences		(719	)
Settlements		(3,969	)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	27,414

	Unrecognized tax benefits
Balance at January 1, 2011	$	14,908
Additions for tax positions of current year		8,462
Additions for tax positions of prior year		9,730
Reductions for tax positions of prior year		(723	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	32,377

	The nature of the relationships involved	As of December 31,
		2013		2012
Trade accounts receivable	Trade accounts receivable	$	--	$	148
Long-term investment	Equity investment in a limited partnership	$	60	$	204
Trade accounts payable	Trade accounts payable	$	90	$	125

	Description of the transactions	Year Ended December 31,
		2013		2012			2011
Sales	Sales to a limited partnership	$	59	$	431		$	268
Cost of revenues	Purchase of services and goods from related parties of TIC	$	3,379	$	2,853		$	2,658
Financing expenses	Interest on Debentures Series B held by TIC	$	--	$	--		$	180
General and Administrative expenses	Mainly directors fees and reimbursement to directors	$	311	$	238		$	165
Other expense (income), net	Equity loss (profit) in a limited partnership	$	144	$	(184	)	$	214

If to the Holder:	Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M. Special Credits Division 13 Ahad Haam Street Tel Aviv Israel
	Attention:	Head of Special
		Credits Division
	Facsimile:	(03) 514 9278

with a copy to (which
shall not constitute notice):	Leumi Partners 5 Azrieli Center (Square Tower) 36th Floor Tel Aviv Israel
	Attention:	Deputy CEO and
		General Counsel
	Facsimile:	(03) 514 1255